radius: update to freeradius 3 (and no more LDAP)
This commit is contained in:
parent
4204334e3d
commit
b456e13542
@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ racktables_dbname: racktables
|
||||
racktables_dbuser: racktables
|
||||
racktables_dbpass: "{{ vault_racktables_dbpass }}"
|
||||
|
||||
radius_secret: "{{ vault_radius_secret }}"
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_allowed:
|
||||
- 172.23.2.5
|
||||
- 172.23.2.6
|
||||
|
@ -1,20 +1,22 @@
|
||||
$ANSIBLE_VAULT;1.1;AES256
|
||||
36306335393738643138333865653135393433303961636664646631376262646639353236326139
|
||||
6163646265666661323338383762616439333263653137660a316464663037616564333235303631
|
||||
62376366353464373865386630343562616435323838366261666538333232626433383666613966
|
||||
6665313262613237370a616539623339366434396337396163333132333137306466386139316234
|
||||
62666465613731656665363163326135356661633636376136326132616134633634356634303333
|
||||
35613238353264313330313938376130323736663633343634316165393438613532623034363366
|
||||
63373233333137653565616536386232303235303636383166346632306138386462663033373235
|
||||
32306366393933336337393232366335303931623130633936393633613831326136623336663264
|
||||
64383938633737343333386131653032343864646337666663313730623665363764336633613865
|
||||
62363635633330306637356464373134333334346166336166383963616564666664623262353862
|
||||
34636236356662623832306431373665353865386334653333366539643138386633646666623534
|
||||
62346539643335633230353530633731353733316361663033623434386263303163653834643338
|
||||
65666330383464653763643239393731663637373366316137303861326333306337376239626332
|
||||
61303964393139616135643563393761363537653663356234343538373035336133396365643039
|
||||
65626636666538316363653538303666636161636461376562656466393936333364333231656564
|
||||
65373332346463386162306332636337346331386463626263343933663137663832656331343164
|
||||
33373235363534343862346236613430613832376533613130663661303637306664383130306664
|
||||
66343265633636623362363636343961306335613264323461366164626633333439626464613839
|
||||
396364653963343565326335306631346462
|
||||
34323830636434356232336237383362646533393264313661333735613034333464353832303464
|
||||
3332346366616662366462366266666466393163626534630a643035303761386235313635313965
|
||||
61383834313330353236636432626135663066313166316263353831333435636632636538376136
|
||||
3336623331396462650a363163303561303638396566643235326662303535653335643531663636
|
||||
63396166376636313334303939663335386331646462386361383633363662666630626632656337
|
||||
33643864316435663036363130653962663238633231356262356435336533323265643633353131
|
||||
36356638613935363664623265616365663038646638613730643464376366323936386339616237
|
||||
66306632316430346366336163363035643730656337633931663836343365303961356332333135
|
||||
35663162376232623038663335313366393163343361346263386439343264343563646131646265
|
||||
65653832666433643962343866326661326337303433346162343930323334323138646561396163
|
||||
39356438343833366334306266643636616265383466626162393536316231336362373530363136
|
||||
63633834393430666165396366623132626334386239323937396461353564313736316362666231
|
||||
32343036656266353936306339643766656530306363656465633236653235663661663930666164
|
||||
35353134353663306661386238636132343331613338626536303065633561316461393362373461
|
||||
35396364353135386564396332323936353765366130333039373061333135623233363134366231
|
||||
64663037333830363934303139306663646437316666613531656239656339336161313138633161
|
||||
30656466336566336365373835663038346533353539346335623438383231326466356666346538
|
||||
30386337373738393935616236336165313666643636396438653265356338653831623430393733
|
||||
63313262376636653336396139613137643461663761323263383036646466643633313233373539
|
||||
37643433323666326331386231623266346136616339646335376134666165326333393136373037
|
||||
6362
|
||||
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Options for the FreeRADIUS daemon.
|
||||
FREERADIUS_OPTIONS="-d /etc/raddb"
|
873
roles/radius/files/mods-available/eap
Normal file
873
roles/radius/files/mods-available/eap
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,873 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## eap.conf -- Configuration for EAP types (PEAP, TTLS, etc.)
|
||||
##
|
||||
## $Id: 0e8d5caef5ad09dfa6acb14c5d475bae55cf4b27 $
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Whatever you do, do NOT set 'Auth-Type := EAP'. The server
|
||||
# is smart enough to figure this out on its own. The most
|
||||
# common side effect of setting 'Auth-Type := EAP' is that the
|
||||
# users then cannot use ANY other authentication method.
|
||||
#
|
||||
eap {
|
||||
# Invoke the default supported EAP type when
|
||||
# EAP-Identity response is received.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The incoming EAP messages DO NOT specify which EAP
|
||||
# type they will be using, so it MUST be set here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For now, only one default EAP type may be used at a time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the EAP-Type attribute is set by another module,
|
||||
# then that EAP type takes precedence over the
|
||||
# default type configured here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
default_eap_type = peap
|
||||
|
||||
# A list is maintained to correlate EAP-Response
|
||||
# packets with EAP-Request packets. After a
|
||||
# configurable length of time, entries in the list
|
||||
# expire, and are deleted.
|
||||
#
|
||||
timer_expire = 60
|
||||
|
||||
# There are many EAP types, but the server has support
|
||||
# for only a limited subset. If the server receives
|
||||
# a request for an EAP type it does not support, then
|
||||
# it normally rejects the request. By setting this
|
||||
# configuration to "yes", you can tell the server to
|
||||
# instead keep processing the request. Another module
|
||||
# MUST then be configured to proxy the request to
|
||||
# another RADIUS server which supports that EAP type.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If another module is NOT configured to handle the
|
||||
# request, then the request will still end up being
|
||||
# rejected.
|
||||
ignore_unknown_eap_types = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Cisco AP1230B firmware 12.2(13)JA1 has a bug. When given
|
||||
# a User-Name attribute in an Access-Accept, it copies one
|
||||
# more byte than it should.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We can work around it by configurably adding an extra
|
||||
# zero byte.
|
||||
cisco_accounting_username_bug = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Help prevent DoS attacks by limiting the number of
|
||||
# sessions that the server is tracking. For simplicity,
|
||||
# this is taken from the "max_requests" directive in
|
||||
# radiusd.conf.
|
||||
max_sessions = ${max_requests}
|
||||
|
||||
# Supported EAP-types
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We do NOT recommend using EAP-MD5 authentication
|
||||
# for wireless connections. It is insecure, and does
|
||||
# not provide for dynamic WEP keys.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# md5 {
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EAP-pwd -- secure password-based authentication
|
||||
#
|
||||
pwd {
|
||||
group = 19
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
server_id = radius@radius1.binary.kitchen
|
||||
|
||||
# This has the same meaning as for TLS.
|
||||
fragment_size = 1020
|
||||
|
||||
# The virtual server which determines the
|
||||
# "known good" password for the user.
|
||||
# Note that unlike TLS, only the "authorize"
|
||||
# section is processed. EAP-PWD requests can be
|
||||
# distinguished by having a User-Name, but
|
||||
# no User-Password, CHAP-Password, EAP-Message, etc.
|
||||
virtual_server = "inner-tunnel"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Cisco LEAP
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We do not recommend using LEAP in new deployments. See:
|
||||
# http://www.securiteam.com/tools/5TP012ACKE.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Cisco LEAP uses the MS-CHAP algorithm (but not
|
||||
# the MS-CHAP attributes) to perform it's authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As a result, LEAP *requires* access to the plain-text
|
||||
# User-Password, or the NT-Password attributes.
|
||||
# 'System' authentication is impossible with LEAP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# leap {
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
# Generic Token Card.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Currently, this is only permitted inside of EAP-TTLS,
|
||||
# or EAP-PEAP. The module "challenges" the user with
|
||||
# text, and the response from the user is taken to be
|
||||
# the User-Password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Proxying the tunneled EAP-GTC session is a bad idea,
|
||||
# the users password will go over the wire in plain-text,
|
||||
# for anyone to see.
|
||||
#
|
||||
gtc {
|
||||
# The default challenge, which many clients
|
||||
# ignore..
|
||||
#challenge = "Password: "
|
||||
|
||||
# The plain-text response which comes back
|
||||
# is put into a User-Password attribute,
|
||||
# and passed to another module for
|
||||
# authentication. This allows the EAP-GTC
|
||||
# response to be checked against plain-text,
|
||||
# or crypt'd passwords.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you say "Local" instead of "PAP", then
|
||||
# the module will look for a User-Password
|
||||
# configured for the request, and do the
|
||||
# authentication itself.
|
||||
#
|
||||
auth_type = PAP
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
## Common TLS configuration for TLS-based EAP types
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See raddb/certs/README for additional comments
|
||||
# on certificates.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If OpenSSL was not found at the time the server was
|
||||
# built, the "tls", "ttls", and "peap" sections will
|
||||
# be ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you do not currently have certificates signed by
|
||||
# a trusted CA you may use the 'snakeoil' certificates.
|
||||
# Included with the server in raddb/certs.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If these certificates have not been auto-generated:
|
||||
# cd raddb/certs
|
||||
# make
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These test certificates SHOULD NOT be used in a normal
|
||||
# deployment. They are created only to make it easier
|
||||
# to install the server, and to perform some simple
|
||||
# tests with EAP-TLS, TTLS, or PEAP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://www.dslreports.com/forum/remark,9286052~mode=flat
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that you should NOT use a globally known CA here!
|
||||
# e.g. using a Verisign cert as a "known CA" means that
|
||||
# ANYONE who has a certificate signed by them can
|
||||
# authenticate via EAP-TLS! This is likely not what you want.
|
||||
tls-config tls-common {
|
||||
# private_key_password = whatever
|
||||
private_key_file = ${certdir}/srv.key
|
||||
|
||||
# If Private key & Certificate are located in
|
||||
# the same file, then private_key_file &
|
||||
# certificate_file must contain the same file
|
||||
# name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If ca_file (below) is not used, then the
|
||||
# certificate_file below MUST include not
|
||||
# only the server certificate, but ALSO all
|
||||
# of the CA certificates used to sign the
|
||||
# server certificate.
|
||||
certificate_file = ${certdir}/srv.crt
|
||||
|
||||
# Trusted Root CA list
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ALL of the CA's in this list will be trusted
|
||||
# to issue client certificates for authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In general, you should use self-signed
|
||||
# certificates for 802.1x (EAP) authentication.
|
||||
# In that case, this CA file should contain
|
||||
# *one* CA certificate.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ca_file = ${certdir}/srv.crt
|
||||
|
||||
# OpenSSL will automatically create certificate chains,
|
||||
# unless we tell it to not do that. The problem is that
|
||||
# it sometimes gets the chains right from a certificate
|
||||
# signature view, but wrong from the clients view.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When setting "auto_chain = no", the server certificate
|
||||
# file MUST include the full certificate chain.
|
||||
# auto_chain = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If OpenSSL supports TLS-PSK, then we can use
|
||||
# a PSK identity and (hex) password. When the
|
||||
# following two configuration items are specified,
|
||||
# then certificate-based configuration items are
|
||||
# not allowed. e.g.:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# private_key_password
|
||||
# private_key_file
|
||||
# certificate_file
|
||||
# ca_file
|
||||
# ca_path
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For now, the identity is fixed, and must be the
|
||||
# same on the client. The passphrase must be a hex
|
||||
# value, and can be up to 256 hex digits.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Future versions of the server may be able to
|
||||
# look up the shared key (hexphrase) based on the
|
||||
# identity.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# psk_identity = "test"
|
||||
# psk_hexphrase = "036363823"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For DH cipher suites to work, you have to
|
||||
# run OpenSSL to create the DH file first:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# openssl dhparam -out certs/dh 2048
|
||||
#
|
||||
dh_file = ${certdir}/dh
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If your system doesn't have /dev/urandom,
|
||||
# you will need to create this file, and
|
||||
# periodically change its contents.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For security reasons, FreeRADIUS doesn't
|
||||
# write to files in its configuration
|
||||
# directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# random_file = /dev/urandom
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This can never exceed the size of a RADIUS
|
||||
# packet (4096 bytes), and is preferably half
|
||||
# that, to accommodate other attributes in
|
||||
# RADIUS packet. On most APs the MAX packet
|
||||
# length is configured between 1500 - 1600
|
||||
# In these cases, fragment size should be
|
||||
# 1024 or less.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# fragment_size = 1024
|
||||
|
||||
# include_length is a flag which is
|
||||
# by default set to yes If set to
|
||||
# yes, Total Length of the message is
|
||||
# included in EVERY packet we send.
|
||||
# If set to no, Total Length of the
|
||||
# message is included ONLY in the
|
||||
# First packet of a fragment series.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# include_length = yes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Check the Certificate Revocation List
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1) Copy CA certificates and CRLs to same directory.
|
||||
# 2) Execute 'c_rehash <CA certs&CRLs Directory>'.
|
||||
# 'c_rehash' is OpenSSL's command.
|
||||
# 3) uncomment the lines below.
|
||||
# 5) Restart radiusd
|
||||
# check_crl = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if intermediate CAs have been revoked.
|
||||
# check_all_crl = yes
|
||||
|
||||
ca_path = ${cadir}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check_cert_issuer is set, the value will
|
||||
# be checked against the DN of the issuer in
|
||||
# the client certificate. If the values do not
|
||||
# match, the certificate verification will fail,
|
||||
# rejecting the user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In 2.1.10 and later, this check can be done
|
||||
# more generally by checking the value of the
|
||||
# TLS-Client-Cert-Issuer attribute. This check
|
||||
# can be done via any mechanism you choose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# check_cert_issuer = "/C=GB/ST=Berkshire/L=Newbury/O=My Company Ltd"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check_cert_cn is set, the value will
|
||||
# be xlat'ed and checked against the CN
|
||||
# in the client certificate. If the values
|
||||
# do not match, the certificate verification
|
||||
# will fail rejecting the user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This check is done only if the previous
|
||||
# "check_cert_issuer" is not set, or if
|
||||
# the check succeeds.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In 2.1.10 and later, this check can be done
|
||||
# more generally by checking the value of the
|
||||
# TLS-Client-Cert-CN attribute. This check
|
||||
# can be done via any mechanism you choose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# check_cert_cn = %{User-Name}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Set this option to specify the allowed
|
||||
# TLS cipher suites. The format is listed
|
||||
# in "man 1 ciphers".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For EAP-FAST, use "ALL:!EXPORT:!eNULL:!SSLv2"
|
||||
#
|
||||
cipher_list = "DEFAULT"
|
||||
|
||||
# Work-arounds for OpenSSL nonsense
|
||||
# OpenSSL 1.0.1f and 1.0.1g do not calculate
|
||||
# the EAP keys correctly. The fix is to upgrade
|
||||
# OpenSSL, or disable TLS 1.2 here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For EAP-FAST, this MUST be set to "yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# disable_tlsv1_2 = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Elliptical cryptography configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Only for OpenSSL >= 0.9.8.f
|
||||
#
|
||||
ecdh_curve = "prime256v1"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Session resumption / fast reauthentication
|
||||
# cache.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The cache contains the following information:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# session Id - unique identifier, managed by SSL
|
||||
# User-Name - from the Access-Accept
|
||||
# Stripped-User-Name - from the Access-Request
|
||||
# Cached-Session-Policy - from the Access-Accept
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "Cached-Session-Policy" is the name of a
|
||||
# policy which should be applied to the cached
|
||||
# session. This policy can be used to assign
|
||||
# VLANs, IP addresses, etc. It serves as a useful
|
||||
# way to re-apply the policy from the original
|
||||
# Access-Accept to the subsequent Access-Accept
|
||||
# for the cached session.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# On session resumption, these attributes are
|
||||
# copied from the cache, and placed into the
|
||||
# reply list.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You probably also want "use_tunneled_reply = yes"
|
||||
# when using fast session resumption.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cache {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Enable it. The default is "no". Deleting the entire "cache"
|
||||
# subsection also disables caching.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can disallow resumption for a particular user by adding the
|
||||
# following attribute to the control item list:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allow-Session-Resumption = No
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If "enable = no" below, you CANNOT enable resumption for just one
|
||||
# user by setting the above attribute to "yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
enable = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Lifetime of the cached entries, in hours. The sessions will be
|
||||
# deleted/invalidated after this time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
lifetime = 24 # hours
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The maximum number of entries in the
|
||||
# cache. Set to "0" for "infinite".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This could be set to the number of users
|
||||
# who are logged in... which can be a LOT.
|
||||
#
|
||||
max_entries = 255
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Internal "name" of the session cache. Used to
|
||||
# distinguish which TLS context sessions belong to.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server will generate a random value if unset.
|
||||
# This will change across server restart so you MUST
|
||||
# set the "name" if you want to persist sessions (see
|
||||
# below).
|
||||
#
|
||||
#name = "EAP module"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Simple directory-based storage of sessions.
|
||||
# Two files per session will be written, the SSL
|
||||
# state and the cached VPs. This will persist session
|
||||
# across server restarts.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server will need write perms, and the directory
|
||||
# should be secured from anyone else. You might want
|
||||
# a script to remove old files from here periodically:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# find ${logdir}/tlscache -mtime +2 -exec rm -f {} \;
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This feature REQUIRES "name" option be set above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#persist_dir = "${logdir}/tlscache"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of version 2.1.10, client certificates can be
|
||||
# validated via an external command. This allows
|
||||
# dynamic CRLs or OCSP to be used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration is commented out in the
|
||||
# default configuration. Uncomment it, and configure
|
||||
# the correct paths below to enable it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If OCSP checking is enabled, and the OCSP checks fail,
|
||||
# the verify section is not run.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If OCSP checking is disabled, the verify section is
|
||||
# run on successful certificate validation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
verify {
|
||||
# If the OCSP checks succeed, the verify section
|
||||
# is run to allow additional checks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to skip verify on OCSP success,
|
||||
# uncomment this configuration item, and set it
|
||||
# to "yes".
|
||||
# skip_if_ocsp_ok = no
|
||||
|
||||
# A temporary directory where the client
|
||||
# certificates are stored. This directory
|
||||
# MUST be owned by the UID of the server,
|
||||
# and MUST not be accessible by any other
|
||||
# users. When the server starts, it will do
|
||||
# "chmod go-rwx" on the directory, for
|
||||
# security reasons. The directory MUST
|
||||
# exist when the server starts.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should also delete all of the files
|
||||
# in the directory when the server starts.
|
||||
# tmpdir = /tmp/radiusd
|
||||
|
||||
# The command used to verify the client cert.
|
||||
# We recommend using the OpenSSL command-line
|
||||
# tool.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The ${..ca_path} text is a reference to
|
||||
# the ca_path variable defined above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The %{TLS-Client-Cert-Filename} is the name
|
||||
# of the temporary file containing the cert
|
||||
# in PEM format. This file is automatically
|
||||
# deleted by the server when the command
|
||||
# returns.
|
||||
# client = "/path/to/openssl verify -CApath ${..ca_path} %{TLS-Client-Cert-Filename}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OCSP Configuration
|
||||
# Certificates can be verified against an OCSP
|
||||
# Responder. This makes it possible to immediately
|
||||
# revoke certificates without the distribution of
|
||||
# new Certificate Revocation Lists (CRLs).
|
||||
#
|
||||
ocsp {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Enable it. The default is "no".
|
||||
# Deleting the entire "ocsp" subsection
|
||||
# also disables ocsp checking
|
||||
#
|
||||
enable = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The OCSP Responder URL can be automatically
|
||||
# extracted from the certificate in question.
|
||||
# To override the OCSP Responder URL set
|
||||
# "override_cert_url = yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
override_cert_url = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the OCSP Responder address is not extracted from
|
||||
# the certificate, the URL can be defined here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
url = "http://127.0.0.1/ocsp/"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the OCSP Responder can not cope with nonce
|
||||
# in the request, then it can be disabled here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For security reasons, disabling this option
|
||||
# is not recommended as nonce protects against
|
||||
# replay attacks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that Microsoft AD Certificate Services OCSP
|
||||
# Responder does not enable nonce by default. It is
|
||||
# more secure to enable nonce on the responder than
|
||||
# to disable it in the query here.
|
||||
# See http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc770413%28WS.10%29.aspx
|
||||
#
|
||||
# use_nonce = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Number of seconds before giving up waiting
|
||||
# for OCSP response. 0 uses system default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# timeout = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Normally an error in querying the OCSP
|
||||
# responder (no response from server, server did
|
||||
# not understand the request, etc) will result in
|
||||
# a validation failure.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To treat these errors as 'soft' failures and
|
||||
# still accept the certificate, enable this
|
||||
# option.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Warning: this may enable clients with revoked
|
||||
# certificates to connect if the OCSP responder
|
||||
# is not available. Use with caution.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# softfail = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
## EAP-TLS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of Version 3.0, the TLS configuration for TLS-based
|
||||
# EAP types is above in the "tls-config" section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# tls {
|
||||
# Point to the common TLS configuration
|
||||
# tls = tls-common
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As part of checking a client certificate, the EAP-TLS
|
||||
# sets some attributes such as TLS-Client-Cert-CN. This
|
||||
# virtual server has access to these attributes, and can
|
||||
# be used to accept or reject the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# virtual_server = check-eap-tls
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## EAP-TTLS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The TTLS module implements the EAP-TTLS protocol,
|
||||
# which can be described as EAP inside of Diameter,
|
||||
# inside of TLS, inside of EAP, inside of RADIUS...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Surprisingly, it works quite well.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ttls {
|
||||
# Which tls-config section the TLS negotiation parameters
|
||||
# are in - see EAP-TLS above for an explanation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In the case that an old configuration from FreeRADIUS
|
||||
# v2.x is being used, all the options of the tls-config
|
||||
# section may also appear instead in the 'tls' section
|
||||
# above. If that is done, the tls= option here (and in
|
||||
# tls above) MUST be commented out.
|
||||
#
|
||||
tls = tls-common
|
||||
|
||||
# The tunneled EAP session needs a default EAP type
|
||||
# which is separate from the one for the non-tunneled
|
||||
# EAP module. Inside of the TTLS tunnel, we recommend
|
||||
# using EAP-MD5. If the request does not contain an
|
||||
# EAP conversation, then this configuration entry is
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
default_eap_type = gtc
|
||||
|
||||
# The tunneled authentication request does not usually
|
||||
# contain useful attributes like 'Calling-Station-Id',
|
||||
# etc. These attributes are outside of the tunnel,
|
||||
# and normally unavailable to the tunneled
|
||||
# authentication request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By setting this configuration entry to 'yes',
|
||||
# any attribute which is NOT in the tunneled
|
||||
# authentication request, but which IS available
|
||||
# outside of the tunnel, is copied to the tunneled
|
||||
# request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
copy_request_to_tunnel = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of version 3.0.5, this configuration item
|
||||
# is deprecated. Instead, you should use
|
||||
#
|
||||
# update outer.session-state {
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This will cache attributes for the final Access-Accept.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The reply attributes sent to the NAS are usually
|
||||
# based on the name of the user 'outside' of the
|
||||
# tunnel (usually 'anonymous'). If you want to send
|
||||
# the reply attributes based on the user name inside
|
||||
# of the tunnel, then set this configuration entry to
|
||||
# 'yes', and the reply to the NAS will be taken from
|
||||
# the reply to the tunneled request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
use_tunneled_reply = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The inner tunneled request can be sent
|
||||
# through a virtual server constructed
|
||||
# specifically for this purpose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this entry is commented out, the inner
|
||||
# tunneled request will be sent through
|
||||
# the virtual server that processed the
|
||||
# outer requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
virtual_server = "inner-tunnel"
|
||||
|
||||
# This has the same meaning, and overwrites, the
|
||||
# same field in the "tls" configuration, above.
|
||||
# The default value here is "yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# include_length = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Unlike EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS does not require a client
|
||||
# certificate. However, you can require one by setting the
|
||||
# following option. You can also override this option by
|
||||
# setting
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EAP-TLS-Require-Client-Cert = Yes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# in the control items for a request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# require_client_cert = yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## EAP-PEAP
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
##################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# !!!!! WARNINGS for Windows compatibility !!!!!
|
||||
#
|
||||
##################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you see the server send an Access-Challenge,
|
||||
# and the client never sends another Access-Request,
|
||||
# then
|
||||
#
|
||||
# STOP!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server certificate has to have special OID's
|
||||
# in it, or else the Microsoft clients will silently
|
||||
# fail. See the "scripts/xpextensions" file for
|
||||
# details, and the following page:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/814394/en-us
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For additional Windows XP SP2 issues, see:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/885453/en-us
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If is still doesn't work, and you're using Samba,
|
||||
# you may be encountering a Samba bug. See:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6563
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that we do not necessarily agree with their
|
||||
# explanation... but the fix does appear to work.
|
||||
#
|
||||
##################################################
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The tunneled EAP session needs a default EAP type
|
||||
# which is separate from the one for the non-tunneled
|
||||
# EAP module. Inside of the TLS/PEAP tunnel, we
|
||||
# recommend using EAP-MS-CHAPv2.
|
||||
#
|
||||
peap {
|
||||
# Which tls-config section the TLS negotiation parameters
|
||||
# are in - see EAP-TLS above for an explanation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In the case that an old configuration from FreeRADIUS
|
||||
# v2.x is being used, all the options of the tls-config
|
||||
# section may also appear instead in the 'tls' section
|
||||
# above. If that is done, the tls= option here (and in
|
||||
# tls above) MUST be commented out.
|
||||
#
|
||||
tls = tls-common
|
||||
|
||||
# The tunneled EAP session needs a default
|
||||
# EAP type which is separate from the one for
|
||||
# the non-tunneled EAP module. Inside of the
|
||||
# PEAP tunnel, we recommend using MS-CHAPv2,
|
||||
# as that is the default type supported by
|
||||
# Windows clients.
|
||||
#
|
||||
default_eap_type = mschapv2
|
||||
|
||||
# The PEAP module also has these configuration
|
||||
# items, which are the same as for TTLS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
copy_request_to_tunnel = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of version 3.0.5, this configuration item
|
||||
# is deprecated. Instead, you should use
|
||||
#
|
||||
# update outer.session-state {
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This will cache attributes for the final Access-Accept.
|
||||
#
|
||||
use_tunneled_reply = no
|
||||
|
||||
# When the tunneled session is proxied, the
|
||||
# home server may not understand EAP-MSCHAP-V2.
|
||||
# Set this entry to "no" to proxy the tunneled
|
||||
# EAP-MSCHAP-V2 as normal MSCHAPv2.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# proxy_tunneled_request_as_eap = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The inner tunneled request can be sent
|
||||
# through a virtual server constructed
|
||||
# specifically for this purpose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this entry is commented out, the inner
|
||||
# tunneled request will be sent through
|
||||
# the virtual server that processed the
|
||||
# outer requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
virtual_server = "inner-tunnel"
|
||||
|
||||
# This option enables support for MS-SoH
|
||||
# see doc/SoH.txt for more info.
|
||||
# It is disabled by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# soh = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The SoH reply will be turned into a request which
|
||||
# can be sent to a specific virtual server:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# soh_virtual_server = "soh-server"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Unlike EAP-TLS, PEAP does not require a client certificate.
|
||||
# However, you can require one by setting the following
|
||||
# option. You can also override this option by setting
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EAP-TLS-Require-Client-Cert = Yes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# in the control items for a request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# require_client_cert = yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This takes no configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that it is the EAP MS-CHAPv2 sub-module, not
|
||||
# the main 'mschap' module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note also that in order for this sub-module to work,
|
||||
# the main 'mschap' module MUST ALSO be configured.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module is the *Microsoft* implementation of MS-CHAPv2
|
||||
# in EAP. There is another (incompatible) implementation
|
||||
# of MS-CHAPv2 in EAP by Cisco, which FreeRADIUS does not
|
||||
# currently support.
|
||||
#
|
||||
mschapv2 {
|
||||
# Prior to version 2.1.11, the module never
|
||||
# sent the MS-CHAP-Error message to the
|
||||
# client. This worked, but it had issues
|
||||
# when the cached password was wrong. The
|
||||
# server *should* send "E=691 R=0" to the
|
||||
# client, which tells it to prompt the user
|
||||
# for a new password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default is to behave as in 2.1.10 and
|
||||
# earlier, which is known to work. If you
|
||||
# set "send_error = yes", then the error
|
||||
# message will be sent back to the client.
|
||||
# This *may* help some clients work better,
|
||||
# but *may* also cause other clients to stop
|
||||
# working.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# send_error = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Server identifier to send back in the challenge.
|
||||
# This should generally be the host name of the
|
||||
# RADIUS server. Or, some information to uniquely
|
||||
# identify it.
|
||||
# identity = "FreeRADIUS"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
## EAP-FAST
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The FAST module implements the EAP-FAST protocol
|
||||
#
|
||||
# fast {
|
||||
# Point to the common TLS configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
# cipher_list though must include "ADH" for anonymous provisioning.
|
||||
# This is not as straight forward as appending "ADH" alongside
|
||||
# "DEFAULT" as "DEFAULT" contains "!aNULL" so instead it is
|
||||
# recommended "ALL:!EXPORT:!eNULL:!SSLv2" is used
|
||||
#
|
||||
# tls = tls-common
|
||||
|
||||
# PAC lifetime in seconds (default: seven days)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pac_lifetime = 604800
|
||||
|
||||
# Authority ID of the server
|
||||
#
|
||||
# if you are running a cluster of RADIUS servers, you should make
|
||||
# the value chosen here (and for "pac_opaque_key") the same on all
|
||||
# your RADIUS servers. This value should be unique to your
|
||||
# installation. We suggest using a domain name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# authority_identity = "1234"
|
||||
|
||||
# PAC Opaque encryption key (must be exactly 32 bytes in size)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This value MUST be secret, and MUST be generated using
|
||||
# a secure method, such as via 'openssl rand -hex 32'
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pac_opaque_key = "0123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF"
|
||||
|
||||
# Same as for TTLS, PEAP, etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# virtual_server = inner-tunnel
|
||||
# }
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Please read the documentation file ../doc/processing_users_file,
|
||||
# or 'man 5 users' (after installing the server) for more information.
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_files module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_files(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file contains authentication security and configuration
|
||||
# This file contains authentication security and configuration
|
||||
# information for each user. Accounting requests are NOT processed
|
||||
# through this file. Instead, see 'acct_users', in this directory.
|
||||
# through this file. Instead, see 'accounting', in this directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first field is the user's name and can be up to
|
||||
# 253 characters in length. This is followed (on the same line) with
|
||||
@ -27,10 +27,6 @@
|
||||
# matches the login-request will stop processing unless you use
|
||||
# the Fall-Through variable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you use the database support to turn this file into a .db or .dbm
|
||||
# file, the DEFAULT entries _have_ to be at the end of this file and
|
||||
# you can't have multiple entries for one username.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Indented (with the tab character) lines following the first
|
||||
# line indicate the configuration values to be passed back to
|
||||
# the comm server to allow the initiation of a user session.
|
||||
@ -38,13 +34,14 @@
|
||||
# or the host to log the user onto.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can include another `users' file with `$INCLUDE users.other'
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For a list of RADIUS attributes, and links to their definitions,
|
||||
# see:
|
||||
# see: http://www.freeradius.org/rfc/attributes.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://www.freeradius.org/rfc/attributes.html
|
||||
# Entries below this point are examples included in the server for
|
||||
# educational purposes. They may be deleted from the deployed
|
||||
# configuration without impacting the operation of the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -83,9 +80,33 @@
|
||||
# Framed-MTU = 1500,
|
||||
# Framed-Compression = Van-Jacobsen-TCP-IP
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The canonical testing user which is in most of the
|
||||
# examples.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#bob Cleartext-Password := "hello"
|
||||
# Reply-Message := "Hello, %{User-Name}"
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# regular user vlan
|
||||
binary Cleartext-Password := "kitchen"
|
||||
Tunnel-Type := "VLAN",
|
||||
Tunnel-Medium-Type := "IEEE-802",
|
||||
Tunnel-Private-Group-Id := 2303
|
||||
|
||||
# IoT / MQTT vlan
|
||||
mqtt Cleartext-Password := "test1234"
|
||||
Tunnel-Type := "VLAN",
|
||||
Tunnel-Medium-Type := "IEEE-802",
|
||||
Tunnel-Private-Group-Id := 2304
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is an entry for a user with a space in their name.
|
||||
# Note the double quotes surrounding the name.
|
||||
# Note the double quotes surrounding the name. If you have
|
||||
# users with spaces in their names, you must also change
|
||||
# the "filter_username" policy to allow spaces.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See raddb/policy.d/filter, filter_username {} section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#"John Doe" Cleartext-Password := "hello"
|
||||
# Reply-Message = "Hello, %{User-Name}"
|
||||
@ -119,7 +140,7 @@
|
||||
# the following DEFAULT entries
|
||||
#
|
||||
#swilson Service-Type == Framed-User, Huntgroup-Name == "alphen"
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address = 192.168.1.65,
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address = 192.0.2.65,
|
||||
# Fall-Through = Yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -147,11 +168,11 @@
|
||||
# IP address. The Port-Id (S0, S1 etc) will be added to it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Service-Type == Framed-User, Huntgroup-Name == "alphen"
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address = 192.168.1.32+,
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address = 192.0.2.32+,
|
||||
# Fall-Through = Yes
|
||||
|
||||
#DEFAULT Service-Type == Framed-User, Huntgroup-Name == "delft"
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address = 192.168.2.32+,
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address = 198.51.100.32+,
|
||||
# Fall-Through = Yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -200,4 +221,12 @@ DEFAULT Hint == "SLIP"
|
||||
# DEFAULT
|
||||
# Service-Type = Administrative-User
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# On no match, the user is denied access.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################
|
||||
# You should add test accounts to the TOP of this file! #
|
||||
# See the example user "bob" above. #
|
||||
#########################################################
|
||||
|
@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: fafac849a0f0519cdaf7acf2ef51c8b36a5a6255 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is like the 'users' file, but it is processed only for
|
||||
# accounting packets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Select between different accounting methods based for example on the
|
||||
# Realm, the Huntgroup-Name or any combinaison of the attribute/value
|
||||
# pairs contained in an accounting packet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Realm == "foo.net", Acct-Type := sql_log.foo
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Huntgroup-Name == "wifi", Acct-Type := sql_log.wifi
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Client-IP-Address == 10.0.0.1, Acct-Type := sql_log.other
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Acct-Status-Type == Start, Acct-Type := sql_log.start
|
||||
|
||||
# Replace the User-Name with the Stripped-User-Name, if it exists.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT
|
||||
# User-Name := "%{Stripped-User-Name:-%{User-Name}}"
|
@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_attr_filter module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_attr_filter(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 76c644b100656f8bd45e768b13cbcf140ce5a770 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file contains security and configuration information
|
||||
# for each realm. The first field is the realm name and
|
||||
# can be up to 253 characters in length. This is followed (on
|
||||
# the next line) with the list of filter rules to be used to
|
||||
# decide what attributes and/or values we allow proxy servers
|
||||
# to pass to the NAS for this realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When a proxy-reply packet is received from a home server,
|
||||
# these attributes and values are tested. Only the first match
|
||||
# is used unless the "Fall-Through" variable is set to "Yes".
|
||||
# In that case the rules defined in the DEFAULT case are
|
||||
# processed as well.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A special realm named "DEFAULT" matches on all realm names.
|
||||
# You can have only one DEFAULT entry. All entries are processed
|
||||
# in the order they appear in this file. The first entry that
|
||||
# matches the login-request will stop processing unless you use
|
||||
# the Fall-Through variable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Indented (with the tab character) lines following the first
|
||||
# line indicate the filter rules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can include another `attrs' file with `$INCLUDE attrs.other'
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a complete entry for realm "fisp". Note that there is no
|
||||
# Fall-Through entry so that no DEFAULT entry will be used, and the
|
||||
# server will NOT allow any other a/v pairs other than the ones
|
||||
# listed here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These rules allow:
|
||||
# o Only Framed-User Service-Types ( no telnet, rlogin, tcp-clear )
|
||||
# o PPP sessions ( no SLIP, CSLIP, etc. )
|
||||
# o dynamic ip assignment ( can't assign a static ip )
|
||||
# o an idle timeout value set to 600 seconds (10 min) or less
|
||||
# o a max session time set to 28800 seconds (8 hours) or less
|
||||
#
|
||||
#fisp
|
||||
# Service-Type == Framed-User,
|
||||
# Framed-Protocol == PPP,
|
||||
# Framed-IP-Address == 255.255.255.254,
|
||||
# Idle-Timeout <= 600,
|
||||
# Session-Timeout <= 28800
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a complete entry for realm "tisp". Note that there is no
|
||||
# Fall-Through entry so that no DEFAULT entry will be used, and the
|
||||
# server will NOT allow any other a/v pairs other than the ones
|
||||
# listed here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These rules allow:
|
||||
# o Only Login-User Service-Type ( no framed/ppp sessions )
|
||||
# o Telnet sessions only ( no rlogin, tcp-clear )
|
||||
# o Login hosts of either 192.168.1.1 or 192.168.1.2
|
||||
#
|
||||
#tisp
|
||||
# Service-Type == Login-User,
|
||||
# Login-Service == Telnet,
|
||||
# Login-TCP-Port == 23,
|
||||
# Login-IP-Host == 192.168.1.1,
|
||||
# Login-IP-Host == 192.168.1.2
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following example can be used for a home server which is only
|
||||
# allowed to supply a Reply-Message, a Session-Timeout attribute of
|
||||
# maximum 86400, a Idle-Timeout attribute of maximum 600 and a
|
||||
# Acct-Interim-Interval attribute between 300 and 3600.
|
||||
# All other attributes sent back will be filtered out.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#strictrealm
|
||||
# Reply-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
# Session-Timeout <= 86400,
|
||||
# Idle-Timeout <= 600,
|
||||
# Acct-Interim-Interval >= 300,
|
||||
# Acct-Interim-Interval <= 3600
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a complete entry for realm "spamrealm". Fall-Through is used,
|
||||
# so that the DEFAULT filter rules are used in addition to these.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These rules allow:
|
||||
# o Force the application of Filter-ID attribute to be returned
|
||||
# in the proxy reply, whether the proxy sent it or not.
|
||||
# o The standard DEFAULT rules as defined below
|
||||
#
|
||||
#spamrealm
|
||||
# Framed-Filter-Id := "nosmtp.in",
|
||||
# Fall-Through = Yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The rest of this file contains the DEFAULT entry.
|
||||
# DEFAULT matches with all realm names. (except if the realm previously
|
||||
# matched an entry with no Fall-Through)
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
DEFAULT
|
||||
Service-Type == Framed-User,
|
||||
Service-Type == Login-User,
|
||||
Login-Service == Telnet,
|
||||
Login-Service == Rlogin,
|
||||
Login-Service == TCP-Clear,
|
||||
Login-TCP-Port <= 65536,
|
||||
Framed-IP-Address == 255.255.255.254,
|
||||
Framed-IP-Netmask == 255.255.255.255,
|
||||
Framed-Protocol == PPP,
|
||||
Framed-Protocol == SLIP,
|
||||
Framed-Compression == Van-Jacobson-TCP-IP,
|
||||
Framed-MTU >= 576,
|
||||
Framed-Filter-ID =* ANY,
|
||||
Reply-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
Proxy-State =* ANY,
|
||||
EAP-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
Message-Authenticator =* ANY,
|
||||
MS-MPPE-Recv-Key =* ANY,
|
||||
MS-MPPE-Send-Key =* ANY,
|
||||
MS-CHAP-MPPE-Keys =* ANY,
|
||||
State =* ANY,
|
||||
Session-Timeout <= 28800,
|
||||
Idle-Timeout <= 600,
|
||||
Calling-Station-Id =* ANY,
|
||||
Operator-Name =* ANY,
|
||||
Port-Limit <= 2
|
@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_attr_filter module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_attr_filter(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 78ea54e83f4a998797f16a8c564b5c2f32642adc $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration file is used to remove almost all of the
|
||||
# attributes From an Access-Challenge message. The RFC's say
|
||||
# that an Access-Challenge packet can contain only a few
|
||||
# attributes. We enforce that here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
DEFAULT
|
||||
EAP-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
State =* ANY,
|
||||
Message-Authenticator =* ANY,
|
||||
Reply-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
Proxy-State =* ANY,
|
||||
Session-Timeout =* ANY,
|
||||
Idle-Timeout =* ANY
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_attr_filter module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_attr_filter(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: e263d504cfdc5cf5db00fa6aacf2bd148a7623fc $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration file is used to remove almost all of the attributes
|
||||
# From an Access-Reject message. The RFC's say that an Access-Reject
|
||||
# packet can contain only a few attributes. We enforce that here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
DEFAULT
|
||||
EAP-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
State =* ANY,
|
||||
Message-Authenticator =* ANY,
|
||||
Reply-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
MS-CHAP-Error =* ANY,
|
||||
Proxy-State =* ANY
|
@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_attr_filter module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_attr_filter(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 3746ce4da3d58fcdd0b777a93e599045353c27ac $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration file is used to remove almost all of the attributes
|
||||
# From an Accounting-Response message. The RFC's say that an
|
||||
# Accounting-Response packet can contain only a few attributes.
|
||||
# We enforce that here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
DEFAULT
|
||||
Vendor-Specific =* ANY,
|
||||
Message-Authenticator =* ANY,
|
||||
Proxy-State =* ANY
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_attr_filter module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_attr_filter(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 8c601cf205f9d85b75c1ec7fc8e816e7341a5ba4 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file contains security and configuration information
|
||||
# for each realm. It can be used be an rlm_attr_filter module
|
||||
# instance to filter attributes before sending packets to the
|
||||
# home server of a realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When a packet is sent to a home server, these attributes
|
||||
# and values are tested. Only the first match is used unless
|
||||
# the "Fall-Through" variable is set to "Yes". In that case
|
||||
# the rules defined in the DEFAULT case are processed as well.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A special realm named "DEFAULT" matches on all realm names.
|
||||
# You can have only one DEFAULT entry. All entries are processed
|
||||
# in the order they appear in this file. The first entry that
|
||||
# matches the login-request will stop processing unless you use
|
||||
# the Fall-Through variable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first line indicates the realm to which the rules apply.
|
||||
# Indented (with the tab character) lines following the first
|
||||
# line indicate the filter rules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# This is a complete entry for 'nochap' realm. It allows to send very
|
||||
# basic attributes to the home server. Note that there is no Fall-Through
|
||||
# entry so that no DEFAULT entry will be used. Only the listed attributes
|
||||
# will be sent in the packet, all other attributes will be filtered out.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#nochap
|
||||
# User-Name =* ANY,
|
||||
# User-Password =* ANY,
|
||||
# NAS-Ip-Address =* ANY,
|
||||
# NAS-Identifier =* ANY
|
||||
|
||||
# The entry for the 'brokenas' realm removes the attribute NAS-Port-Type
|
||||
# if its value is different from 'Ethernet'. Then the default rules are
|
||||
# applied.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#brokenas
|
||||
# NAS-Port-Type == Ethernet
|
||||
# Fall-Through = Yes
|
||||
|
||||
# The rest of this file contains the DEFAULT entry.
|
||||
# DEFAULT matches with all realm names.
|
||||
|
||||
DEFAULT
|
||||
User-Name =* ANY,
|
||||
User-Password =* ANY,
|
||||
CHAP-Password =* ANY,
|
||||
CHAP-Challenge =* ANY,
|
||||
MS-CHAP-Challenge =* ANY,
|
||||
MS-CHAP-Response =* ANY,
|
||||
EAP-Message =* ANY,
|
||||
Message-Authenticator =* ANY,
|
||||
State =* ANY,
|
||||
NAS-IP-Address =* ANY,
|
||||
NAS-Identifier =* ANY,
|
||||
Proxy-State =* ANY
|
@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
|
||||
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
|
||||
MIIFuTCCA6GgAwIBAgIJANVP+EmgIyEFMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBCwUAMHMxCzAJBgNV
|
||||
BAYTAkRFMRAwDgYDVQQIDAdCYXZhcmlhMRMwEQYDVQQHDApSZWdlbnNidXJnMRww
|
||||
GgYDVQQKDBNCaW5hcnkgS2l0Y2hlbiBlLlYuMR8wHQYDVQQDDBZCaW5hcnkgS2l0
|
||||
Y2hlbiBSb290IENBMB4XDTE1MDUyMjA3MDcyN1oXDTI1MDUxOTA3MDcyN1owczEL
|
||||
MAkGA1UEBhMCREUxEDAOBgNVBAgMB0JhdmFyaWExEzARBgNVBAcMClJlZ2Vuc2J1
|
||||
cmcxHDAaBgNVBAoME0JpbmFyeSBLaXRjaGVuIGUuVi4xHzAdBgNVBAMMFkJpbmFy
|
||||
eSBLaXRjaGVuIFJvb3QgQ0EwggIiMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4ICDwAwggIKAoIC
|
||||
AQCwBmbxYSdTH+Ti2UdjpLRbSjA4uMRjJpVus0IviOtjr5nbfx/uA4b+UuhU0FS6
|
||||
69vjuBeheu85SCQLZVA3If2qttlBNPvW8/WzQtmHqAK4jMGTIeD5PNH75bhIafMu
|
||||
LWz5nRcagWoKVeumi9dhFofuoO6uSv1BdSbwK3gYkt5guKl5Pio9HITSFP961ndQ
|
||||
n6dBLPvy4m+pJ6MZxhzaQIvxRr9uVRJieHH9Yl/CQcl2d1YQ24/KNiFFdF2NPyKE
|
||||
+eFl8UWl/6sHS8tqLwhs4qeJCL1ir/1bjr8mZigflBE4mwtuV8EDF0pWWOyYehii
|
||||
NLcS3LfLzv25N9mwhwGMJqLTDihtkcBCNx3c2qFrri1MvXy/KFrHKh2jt9pvgYDX
|
||||
M2+g+tm+aWXfylu6k1GOIByT5ALktUzhfwuxk0SdplZNUqSfu1DccvxP9hbtSZPP
|
||||
EnARbcTD/wOCSDj+nSG8scUIo3pNHddh0zx+W16kwBoNGHJX+g7vkMJikvYlHo2i
|
||||
6CRdx47MknCgj/jQSPlajxAH5zzDcABbFRoRKh/esDEeGaKMKVyKJJFlx4CmHQ53
|
||||
zc/jV3VjQo5yL1v3YUYllccZeXmGQb5UJoSRfpE+mvO9+EYAxWLydswNeQI1f1r8
|
||||
CTWlD4tT0gooZzGKpw58Zp3IacXIzjDT5Ri2xfB+Oo4WaQIDAQABo1AwTjAdBgNV
|
||||
HQ4EFgQU7MXazC3sn6xTIDkKtBv4AvYcob0wHwYDVR0jBBgwFoAU7MXazC3sn6xT
|
||||
IDkKtBv4AvYcob0wDAYDVR0TBAUwAwEB/zANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFAAOCAgEAq/fD
|
||||
BfaVi1KjRANxHKXmADqN0UpSdVoB2qKsj9nJ07fdS38rUqA+QjU+zmCufVkmMxKf
|
||||
es3qZz5fOHkVHAiOt65XWFtYK62JByr4LomLDVDWSM4BmbU4aB8ix9ZPOr+NmB4B
|
||||
QX99w0aMknO/ohVQ7InubgsXMaKA8kggCtpBQkfwcF2ntIGvyeuPJYwAWG19iH4a
|
||||
uAvOdgyDCuta6UI5UPCdYdArFv3hn6+ht60tMdxo1qq9KUlyqZ3AX1Xd4+krLlCI
|
||||
Kp+qfcyJ1igD5wT50egOAvc9SydFaXgAUIjt3oY5YYvP+MWmVMI107jl4jfMnQeI
|
||||
G5qIEy9luhrjqJaHfLHyT10IaU/uZB7ZvZx7ElIo1YlTlIcMU8Wg6CJponDh/1aw
|
||||
PbQhtuzk60N5905zDnpSHJSa91JcpVsLPv2ykQfimA8HNH2xS7ORXUJzwvEB1vhM
|
||||
KnGMQB0px7HQtTTCKcDFeqZXygi4nXNygrp+swnO869jV4e6ReeV/RB7nxjd307J
|
||||
gpRdtBbIambnFP74nJUhRk/60VlCDz92f+CTosHM6rdlOxFyX69cZZhoCFU5u4wF
|
||||
ODqfxRzNJPhChozXcciAcLfhx89x0ob92XQenzZzFtylDvUAskhdhTMFLKGHstH7
|
||||
Q8Xr0jNYp5PaGNC5m+m9ngLYe6GzxGol7dLJElc=
|
||||
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
|
@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
||||
-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
|
||||
MIGHAoGBANh0ncSD3/1BWAYxZjtnYskokt29hEDRIFznWT54iWXAbaMoz05g5TJA
|
||||
/CceHuBsjNkvywEzOXt+OkaGEub14M4G1IkLoxMcwBCaUIP28pCSKg2vTna3zyfY
|
||||
E3hYDgXNCw897PZ9jH7ngDRNqgwKqoHVViqLefHwpEJoiRlE6xEDAgEC
|
||||
-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
|
@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
||||
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
|
||||
MIIGCzCCA/OgAwIBAgICEAEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAwczELMAkGA1UEBhMCREUx
|
||||
EDAOBgNVBAgMB0JhdmFyaWExEzARBgNVBAcMClJlZ2Vuc2J1cmcxHDAaBgNVBAoM
|
||||
E0JpbmFyeSBLaXRjaGVuIGUuVi4xHzAdBgNVBAMMFkJpbmFyeSBLaXRjaGVuIFJv
|
||||
b3QgQ0EwHhcNMTUwNTIyMTExODU0WhcNMTcwNTIxMTExODU0WjBcMQswCQYDVQQG
|
||||
EwJERTEQMA4GA1UECAwHQmF2YXJpYTEcMBoGA1UECgwTQmluYXJ5IEtpdGNoZW4g
|
||||
ZS5WLjEdMBsGA1UEAwwUbGRhcDEuYmluYXJ5LmtpdGNoZW4wggIiMA0GCSqGSIb3
|
||||
DQEBAQUAA4ICDwAwggIKAoICAQC6ykZYkdpD2vFJlIdXW6waJC8q4OUrxkmi9A8A
|
||||
qy9JX884he20wa8cSBN2fsMy96pLozm6hwtTRJB30rZ2Rr/vtTYk4PgEfI2drhlk
|
||||
4QCByItI6VYP4hx7+huK0JpVykHEm14/KyfMb46kjxZMpgYk50pJ8etmYm+p/uV3
|
||||
evP6IKlIg03UoL+dfvRV6QWf841lklCZ4KEJFXRn+xilZtd8QsHs7ku5qC6UEuQ9
|
||||
Qj4fGeUKvBvAKbej0kyMLU8UO2wcgz/qeJsdtMsb41msk3ThLJ8/rAwhhXC1liUu
|
||||
85g7NpSw2kgFKpVtroorJxoCJ52jWcUwXToKBtG0TTyC35j+mudxjTTSIguTbXha
|
||||
x/Ku6tuA2rs5gYThQcdFcwkoF0Q14GZzA8qRbnKMwexcn7n7MjumBTan+KFuopii
|
||||
PP0SpvYqm4jLzJEGe4L/TaiklIG0tHCLEWEdSj3Gi+Rw4QeAkML1ICc5yhtvCXdk
|
||||
ZFt79VDZqnFC+GuHG974raMbiSMhBl3JfQr0ugCHQ8rcJYfdK4yrbWn2XxxD22CG
|
||||
Gha8eV8wA4O1rprG6/d5RIiEhcoQc+OpCjhN0WXpSOzZZj7JSRNKXnmH0obncp9m
|
||||
BklW7lArhvDtRj4AarZhdQAXrWQuzUTGoQJMi01Ijz/7aBgGLrsjgbSw3W63n+td
|
||||
0+yAVQIDAQABo4G/MIG8MAkGA1UdEwQCMAAwLAYJYIZIAYb4QgENBB8WHU9wZW5T
|
||||
U0wgR2VuZXJhdGVkIENlcnRpZmljYXRlMB0GA1UdDgQWBBRoZGD68u2nhxCjCPwx
|
||||
FQe+yWI14DAfBgNVHSMEGDAWgBTsxdrMLeyfrFMgOQq0G/gC9hyhvTALBgNVHQ8E
|
||||
BAMCBeAwNAYDVR0RBC0wK4IUbGRhcDEuYmluYXJ5LmtpdGNoZW6CE2xkYXAuYmlu
|
||||
YXJ5LmtpdGNoZW4wDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQADggIBAKXuCIyuJtpu6ycy59w+Tt+7
|
||||
LOYeSUZySF9dW9l0ptgHtPU5z6PcTHiaCydJMXbJAJ4L7wny6Luj2NRvcN15H+Ry
|
||||
/C+mlEc5xbqOfhqRTPWhSwlGvaRZy/BQQalxxGoWoimmbJzY0AHUaW9yMHebvqAz
|
||||
OOugXt4eqg9c0C+eXIsBoR6LZcMNLqLFwYE94NX+wSCHV/DDzrKqVnnxAJJyZB+t
|
||||
u/c4fqCFtJqERZtMhgZbc/AhIRzUc3QyNI3rdZ46EDgTE7C8bF7vFNajqWHwn4tW
|
||||
+o7lZpcIocsc0zI2hQZ01N8KFADVr8KDsYzQ6T9+DcoiGE+3T8WBu3zKqKUGekvX
|
||||
hEKqfnlNgtvJqdrQ9YVd+JYJ61m4xm9g5GuhkIk3NNMwLhdpSKmRMneHWvCyE74d
|
||||
qHN308AJh5boH5tKxxtR3Mh6Ay8ualx9W2pewIn7sF354S8lkeqQEyC60uunR4C3
|
||||
1Z7i1zFGc3itu7n5rCQN7zlp8wCpLjOBk9XweEBGfD82J06Gyxa+DAHPm5KSmAnl
|
||||
t21B3BwCNtZEZLjjhdB4hFzFhkJztYl07Qhij3qwsCy2cllYTjlznRJI4NKwmPQ8
|
||||
m7B1qqlA7snBwUGvXC6e4v9qlwkXC+2fLHtEbQB5741KdjsLBNVWTfjRx2sGMP8w
|
||||
/8Jj2W9x6wBTta9VtqjX
|
||||
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
|
||||
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
|
||||
MIIFuTCCA6GgAwIBAgIJANVP+EmgIyEFMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBCwUAMHMxCzAJBgNV
|
||||
BAYTAkRFMRAwDgYDVQQIDAdCYXZhcmlhMRMwEQYDVQQHDApSZWdlbnNidXJnMRww
|
||||
GgYDVQQKDBNCaW5hcnkgS2l0Y2hlbiBlLlYuMR8wHQYDVQQDDBZCaW5hcnkgS2l0
|
||||
Y2hlbiBSb290IENBMB4XDTE1MDUyMjA3MDcyN1oXDTI1MDUxOTA3MDcyN1owczEL
|
||||
MAkGA1UEBhMCREUxEDAOBgNVBAgMB0JhdmFyaWExEzARBgNVBAcMClJlZ2Vuc2J1
|
||||
cmcxHDAaBgNVBAoME0JpbmFyeSBLaXRjaGVuIGUuVi4xHzAdBgNVBAMMFkJpbmFy
|
||||
eSBLaXRjaGVuIFJvb3QgQ0EwggIiMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4ICDwAwggIKAoIC
|
||||
AQCwBmbxYSdTH+Ti2UdjpLRbSjA4uMRjJpVus0IviOtjr5nbfx/uA4b+UuhU0FS6
|
||||
69vjuBeheu85SCQLZVA3If2qttlBNPvW8/WzQtmHqAK4jMGTIeD5PNH75bhIafMu
|
||||
LWz5nRcagWoKVeumi9dhFofuoO6uSv1BdSbwK3gYkt5guKl5Pio9HITSFP961ndQ
|
||||
n6dBLPvy4m+pJ6MZxhzaQIvxRr9uVRJieHH9Yl/CQcl2d1YQ24/KNiFFdF2NPyKE
|
||||
+eFl8UWl/6sHS8tqLwhs4qeJCL1ir/1bjr8mZigflBE4mwtuV8EDF0pWWOyYehii
|
||||
NLcS3LfLzv25N9mwhwGMJqLTDihtkcBCNx3c2qFrri1MvXy/KFrHKh2jt9pvgYDX
|
||||
M2+g+tm+aWXfylu6k1GOIByT5ALktUzhfwuxk0SdplZNUqSfu1DccvxP9hbtSZPP
|
||||
EnARbcTD/wOCSDj+nSG8scUIo3pNHddh0zx+W16kwBoNGHJX+g7vkMJikvYlHo2i
|
||||
6CRdx47MknCgj/jQSPlajxAH5zzDcABbFRoRKh/esDEeGaKMKVyKJJFlx4CmHQ53
|
||||
zc/jV3VjQo5yL1v3YUYllccZeXmGQb5UJoSRfpE+mvO9+EYAxWLydswNeQI1f1r8
|
||||
CTWlD4tT0gooZzGKpw58Zp3IacXIzjDT5Ri2xfB+Oo4WaQIDAQABo1AwTjAdBgNV
|
||||
HQ4EFgQU7MXazC3sn6xTIDkKtBv4AvYcob0wHwYDVR0jBBgwFoAU7MXazC3sn6xT
|
||||
IDkKtBv4AvYcob0wDAYDVR0TBAUwAwEB/zANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFAAOCAgEAq/fD
|
||||
BfaVi1KjRANxHKXmADqN0UpSdVoB2qKsj9nJ07fdS38rUqA+QjU+zmCufVkmMxKf
|
||||
es3qZz5fOHkVHAiOt65XWFtYK62JByr4LomLDVDWSM4BmbU4aB8ix9ZPOr+NmB4B
|
||||
QX99w0aMknO/ohVQ7InubgsXMaKA8kggCtpBQkfwcF2ntIGvyeuPJYwAWG19iH4a
|
||||
uAvOdgyDCuta6UI5UPCdYdArFv3hn6+ht60tMdxo1qq9KUlyqZ3AX1Xd4+krLlCI
|
||||
Kp+qfcyJ1igD5wT50egOAvc9SydFaXgAUIjt3oY5YYvP+MWmVMI107jl4jfMnQeI
|
||||
G5qIEy9luhrjqJaHfLHyT10IaU/uZB7ZvZx7ElIo1YlTlIcMU8Wg6CJponDh/1aw
|
||||
PbQhtuzk60N5905zDnpSHJSa91JcpVsLPv2ykQfimA8HNH2xS7ORXUJzwvEB1vhM
|
||||
KnGMQB0px7HQtTTCKcDFeqZXygi4nXNygrp+swnO869jV4e6ReeV/RB7nxjd307J
|
||||
gpRdtBbIambnFP74nJUhRk/60VlCDz92f+CTosHM6rdlOxFyX69cZZhoCFU5u4wF
|
||||
ODqfxRzNJPhChozXcciAcLfhx89x0ob92XQenzZzFtylDvUAskhdhTMFLKGHstH7
|
||||
Q8Xr0jNYp5PaGNC5m+m9ngLYe6GzxGol7dLJElc=
|
||||
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
|
||||
MIIJKAIBAAKCAgEAuspGWJHaQ9rxSZSHV1usGiQvKuDlK8ZJovQPAKsvSV/POIXt
|
||||
tMGvHEgTdn7DMveqS6M5uocLU0SQd9K2dka/77U2JOD4BHyNna4ZZOEAgciLSOlW
|
||||
D+Ice/obitCaVcpBxJtePysnzG+OpI8WTKYGJOdKSfHrZmJvqf7ld3rz+iCpSINN
|
||||
1KC/nX70VekFn/ONZZJQmeChCRV0Z/sYpWbXfELB7O5LuagulBLkPUI+HxnlCrwb
|
||||
wCm3o9JMjC1PFDtsHIM/6nibHbTLG+NZrJN04SyfP6wMIYVwtZYlLvOYOzaUsNpI
|
||||
BSqVba6KKycaAiedo1nFMF06CgbRtE08gt+Y/prncY000iILk214WsfyrurbgNq7
|
||||
OYGE4UHHRXMJKBdENeBmcwPKkW5yjMHsXJ+5+zI7pgU2p/ihbqKYojz9Eqb2KpuI
|
||||
y8yRBnuC/02opJSBtLRwixFhHUo9xovkcOEHgJDC9SAnOcobbwl3ZGRbe/VQ2apx
|
||||
Qvhrhxve+K2jG4kjIQZdyX0K9LoAh0PK3CWH3SuMq21p9l8cQ9tghhoWvHlfMAOD
|
||||
ta6axuv3eUSIhIXKEHPjqQo4TdFl6Ujs2WY+yUkTSl55h9KG53KfZgZJVu5QK4bw
|
||||
7UY+AGq2YXUAF61kLs1ExqECTItNSI8/+2gYBi67I4G0sN1ut5/rXdPsgFUCAwEA
|
||||
AQKCAgALuEVRqVUYjNQ22arkQEw8F6kd955pcLeOEeIfGJ6O7AQEd+LCRKTIEX2n
|
||||
Iaz9taxpsoQcv/xl7RdjbUUlhqrkT2pmRfdJ0MbR7eqJ+dQeUIbsvDc6J+XBoZ+4
|
||||
xf3pBBe8TkNLk1mb6iP5D0FG7ePUzO5MVXF/qw12jRe4t243c3Urp5Fqletv5ldO
|
||||
TKCduJpWlSeZgA6ak04KeCbDugArO8UPKKR3saW6hLTtYwqiyO0mD0dudy+eh8Nl
|
||||
yDH+Avx1jYalH4wcAQv9Y/ZsbZQXzMTxKcpZEBZSTmlm2MHkdTg/IHMEX/egOiNR
|
||||
MdLf77xkU22b6z2JA4SE25PAYmcm9tYO6PO8m5z8qM2bpDBIfc8MZZf8PpIzgdTB
|
||||
OqDr8saInLiwrdY/BDAObUQaHOE3zns36XzMPnhStulu6mTc4AW0+RlHAZSX5Wh1
|
||||
0YAtt0tfCeC6vIornLsCUQQGmAbbcep4u1XSKPdvJLxZ6H5iS6kzalzV8ajX29kr
|
||||
0H6bwMWmZR1RAEjbeesoa9aQRrXVZVwfrx4/8dRR0338z0/DDZhnjuRqLOby6I4F
|
||||
wDwuiBSy5oZgK0nVUiMmhLz0gmU+mClFKO4sV/wPfiWjQiqDYmumLW+OlB4rtwLv
|
||||
mAvre0nKH3HUj0LlYaQHM743tguT/HmbHf3zXhB6QcLAOMnUwQKCAQEA9AAYSep4
|
||||
Le7ryGRq1Oqvdx5kf1WVEwZherwmxy73139TojBg6pLdmbKfDX+RibIhj1dkw3Ob
|
||||
K9X6CwAZxgIDfBj8E10fPwRMSgL83TTpo22ttrsrJtfsZ16U46Wg+w2B/Pf8OiRR
|
||||
d+r+uEAcjQ7fwkUcxkGaUPtQ66zhfR3HVvQ86n5F2H/mv4gmR/3o3tMpPp4Z8ZoZ
|
||||
/8P54HbKX0im911lovG4G48d0r4vlJp4aqEor1qkhiubpEnUKJcP6FY8W6s/12Ez
|
||||
xz2MqHX/je6oG7r6Im4vf3h8jG5eyd1cnb2iyFmwtBeIyToHKYmY5M81dYAxqD7Z
|
||||
AmPTwTGwm5H1EwKCAQEAw/nqwaGprsh3eJwgpZal68xpw7c1dJFLupNlbvSsiFSc
|
||||
UA9iYIGcRV4lp1FwYQeO8mRa3NyXjcFrrMECv3YfzBKpIK8nZPuzmBO7GGvPZQ6n
|
||||
Ca0eV81qOx0DFmspyz2Dgn2b5hn5VJSKdFw4mQY1+I5JHvDihaVosp8vfZGEDD5h
|
||||
8c4zG3ZmdZMgzAzxdCWBbFbYgOvPawhfaH8hgD9+Q4jwxW2Q6qIVtI8PBniVTcKe
|
||||
Wl7DqkZusRCWIR1t4+Z/JLLqg+YxywMpWEkwMcTrxrCMeBNs3ONoppVLsmNCFUyP
|
||||
bcL982z3RfjOXGj4qO6KfpwXOoO0Pmn/nykeDuMp9wKCAQEAhitLL9HrVa6sHlwB
|
||||
VqTZ6VFgB5jCyVxX28p8NEjCZdAQ5/1cPYCWs/5BcYW1PJcj1xNCSCtYpwkZXlUm
|
||||
1veifOmsKuWo2dj+LjBoZSbEVmZoADP5bXmL9+dNTcR0ubfaw4SFQF9aIOuqNxyh
|
||||
1nrYVZX1VZsbRO58t6svrsHiLBFPMc5Pj9X8x1MRYcLf+y733gPH1k9bfoV/8IrB
|
||||
ixWDIkBMNAZgq17OEmUb+sXZ8yA9I/dewpxWEEe8jrlKOQK6W9nV2BQOCb/xiWyh
|
||||
IqWZ8O2mv6oBGkHhksLaAnxjgiWVzj9raAwM3kG3UILl/ONnzP250H8Gi0bjWLd/
|
||||
Gnxu2wKCAQA4oKll5Am82G41KqAAWQR+myVgiTroAOfp9JdVtVt5VUGJnLhnfGwk
|
||||
Wyz0KQMY9m8muTrMIO2l52LumyLpIf/UHvxB1nrCojxl0CW6y8Q0xkQb9qsS4ec1
|
||||
R4/R1YtRD+hFN3hpx82U1AshzlgIV5QWyz5zs1UxGveizX6SgQ6v3wK8NUHtSIwY
|
||||
ozfR3leSoRfBr2KF9h2MJvIyprGOdkpMx3ATDDLYqZcuAjxsOUGjI35QTJurQwjP
|
||||
HyTSUsejF8JbX1uGW2i96Z7zxMopR2Z9lhwwwiQtu4RMxk0GMcoxj1rOc46f3Tei
|
||||
P1+ZsjdP0QWxyfaoUNAvTL+xRNdLo/ZHAoIBABXaQQ7Ks23cem6lap+1AVueSJnS
|
||||
zU81Rm19C7iVRy/u4pFIaAk0rfWAuBfN0JwBGGqIAXCkHlfR/pnKyRcpyCi/sbWw
|
||||
fKK/CRbfpl/vHaeSpeMrgYoPRE1kX8Onkl9DEabRqVqE2nu+izNww42RxPKHWrQQ
|
||||
6buNLpBLmkab7rNA3wN/NWO/k9bV33dWb4VjGB+/MnIU414HnGBHNsfu0aGuky8y
|
||||
7Eq1kMXU4KeYZkSjDA/JWVJUYveKciir3DxUzJwAsOQH/c4sdRMTi2nwI4M3qOXr
|
||||
9roLFgZETv0V6hKt/bQTce8no7FX5wFUYRoJf1j0YibXAWw31o5TXc4FcCM=
|
||||
-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
|
@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## clients.conf -- client configuration directives
|
||||
##
|
||||
## $Id: 729c15d3e84c6cdb54a5f3652d93a2d7f8725fd4 $
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Define RADIUS clients (usually a NAS, Access Point, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Defines a RADIUS client.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# '127.0.0.1' is another name for 'localhost'. It is enabled by default,
|
||||
# to allow testing of the server after an initial installation. If you
|
||||
# are not going to be permitting RADIUS queries from localhost, we suggest
|
||||
# that you delete, or comment out, this entry.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Each client has a "short name" that is used to distinguish it from
|
||||
# other clients.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In version 1.x, the string after the word "client" was the IP
|
||||
# address of the client. In 2.0, the IP address is configured via
|
||||
# the "ipaddr" or "ipv6addr" fields. For compatibility, the 1.x
|
||||
# format is still accepted.
|
||||
#
|
||||
client localhost {
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# dotted quad (1.2.3.4)
|
||||
# hostname (radius.example.com)
|
||||
ipaddr = 127.0.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
# OR, you can use an IPv6 address, but not both
|
||||
# at the same time.
|
||||
# ipv6addr = :: # any. ::1 == localhost
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A note on DNS: We STRONGLY recommend using IP addresses
|
||||
# rather than host names. Using host names means that the
|
||||
# server will do DNS lookups when it starts, making it
|
||||
# dependent on DNS. i.e. If anything goes wrong with DNS,
|
||||
# the server won't start!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server also looks up the IP address from DNS once, and
|
||||
# only once, when it starts. If the DNS record is later
|
||||
# updated, the server WILL NOT see that update.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# One client definition can be applied to an entire network.
|
||||
# e.g. 127/8 should be defined with "ipaddr = 127.0.0.0" and
|
||||
# "netmask = 8"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If not specified, the default netmask is 32 (i.e. /32)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We do NOT recommend using anything other than 32. There
|
||||
# are usually other, better ways to achieve the same goal.
|
||||
# Using netmasks of other than 32 can cause security issues.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can specify overlapping networks (127/8 and 127.0/16)
|
||||
# In that case, the smallest possible network will be used
|
||||
# as the "best match" for the client.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Clients can also be defined dynamically at run time, based
|
||||
# on any criteria. e.g. SQL lookups, keying off of NAS-Identifier,
|
||||
# etc.
|
||||
# See raddb/sites-available/dynamic-clients for details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# netmask = 32
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The shared secret use to "encrypt" and "sign" packets between
|
||||
# the NAS and FreeRADIUS. You MUST change this secret from the
|
||||
# default, otherwise it's not a secret any more!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The secret can be any string, up to 8k characters in length.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Control codes can be entered vi octal encoding,
|
||||
# e.g. "\101\102" == "AB"
|
||||
# Quotation marks can be entered by escaping them,
|
||||
# e.g. "foo\"bar"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A note on security: The security of the RADIUS protocol
|
||||
# depends COMPLETELY on this secret! We recommend using a
|
||||
# shared secret that is composed of:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# upper case letters
|
||||
# lower case letters
|
||||
# numbers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# And is at LEAST 8 characters long, preferably 16 characters in
|
||||
# length. The secret MUST be random, and should not be words,
|
||||
# phrase, or anything else that is recognizable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default secret below is only for testing, and should
|
||||
# not be used in any real environment.
|
||||
#
|
||||
secret = testing123
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Old-style clients do not send a Message-Authenticator
|
||||
# in an Access-Request. RFC 5080 suggests that all clients
|
||||
# SHOULD include it in an Access-Request. The configuration
|
||||
# item below allows the server to require it. If a client
|
||||
# is required to include a Message-Authenticator and it does
|
||||
# not, then the packet will be silently discarded.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: yes, no
|
||||
require_message_authenticator = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The short name is used as an alias for the fully qualified
|
||||
# domain name, or the IP address.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It is accepted for compatibility with 1.x, but it is no
|
||||
# longer necessary in 2.0
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortname = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# the following three fields are optional, but may be used by
|
||||
# checkrad.pl for simultaneous use checks
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The nastype tells 'checkrad.pl' which NAS-specific method to
|
||||
# use to query the NAS for simultaneous use.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Permitted NAS types are:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# cisco
|
||||
# computone
|
||||
# livingston
|
||||
# juniper
|
||||
# max40xx
|
||||
# multitech
|
||||
# netserver
|
||||
# pathras
|
||||
# patton
|
||||
# portslave
|
||||
# tc
|
||||
# usrhiper
|
||||
# other # for all other types
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
nastype = other # localhost isn't usually a NAS...
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following two configurations are for future use.
|
||||
# The 'naspasswd' file is currently used to store the NAS
|
||||
# login name and password, which is used by checkrad.pl
|
||||
# when querying the NAS for simultaneous use.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# login = !root
|
||||
# password = someadminpas
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0, clients can also be tied to a virtual server.
|
||||
# This is done by setting the "virtual_server" configuration
|
||||
# item, as in the example below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# virtual_server = home1
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A pointer to the "home_server_pool" OR a "home_server"
|
||||
# section that contains the CoA configuration for this
|
||||
# client. For an example of a coa home server or pool,
|
||||
# see raddb/sites-available/originate-coa
|
||||
# coa_server = coa
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Cisco Networking Gear
|
||||
client cisco {
|
||||
ipaddr = 172.23.1.0
|
||||
netmask = 24
|
||||
secret = eu0phaeC
|
||||
nastype = cisco
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# IPv6 Client
|
||||
#client ::1 {
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
# shortname = localhost
|
||||
#}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All IPv6 Site-local clients
|
||||
#client fe80::/16 {
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
# shortname = localhost
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
#client some.host.org {
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
# shortname = localhost
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can now specify one secret for a network of clients.
|
||||
# When a client request comes in, the BEST match is chosen.
|
||||
# i.e. The entry from the smallest possible network.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#client 192.168.0.0/24 {
|
||||
# secret = testing123-1
|
||||
# shortname = private-network-1
|
||||
#}
|
||||
#
|
||||
#client 192.168.0.0/16 {
|
||||
# secret = testing123-2
|
||||
# shortname = private-network-2
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#client 10.10.10.10 {
|
||||
# # secret and password are mapped through the "secrets" file.
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
# shortname = liv1
|
||||
# # the following three fields are optional, but may be used by
|
||||
# # checkrad.pl for simultaneous usage checks
|
||||
# nastype = livingston
|
||||
# login = !root
|
||||
# password = someadminpas
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Per-socket client lists. The configuration entries are exactly
|
||||
# the same as above, but they are nested inside of a section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can have as many per-socket client lists as you have "listen"
|
||||
# sections, or you can re-use a list among multiple "listen" sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Un-comment this section, and edit a "listen" section to add:
|
||||
# "clients = per_socket_clients". That IP address/port combination
|
||||
# will then accept ONLY the clients listed in this section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#clients per_socket_clients {
|
||||
# client 192.168.3.4 {
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#}
|
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is the master dictionary file, which references the
|
||||
# pre-defined dictionary files included with the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Any new/changed attributes MUST be placed in this file, as
|
||||
# the pre-defined dictionaries SHOULD NOT be edited.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: ceb31c82feb869972588f60fe6ace2fc1db70224 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The filename given here should be an absolute path.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$INCLUDE /usr/share/freeradius/dictionary
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Place additional attributes or $INCLUDEs here. They will
|
||||
# over-ride the definitions in the pre-defined dictionaries.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the 'man' page for 'dictionary' for information on
|
||||
# the format of the dictionary files.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to add entries to the dictionary file,
|
||||
# which are NOT going to be placed in a RADIUS packet,
|
||||
# add them here. The numbers you pick should be between
|
||||
# 3000 and 4000.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#ATTRIBUTE My-Local-String 3000 string
|
||||
#ATTRIBUTE My-Local-IPAddr 3001 ipaddr
|
||||
#ATTRIBUTE My-Local-Integer 3002 integer
|
@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## eap.conf -- Configuration for EAP types (PEAP, TTLS, etc.)
|
||||
##
|
||||
## $Id: 95bebe4d25ef13871fb201ba540ed008078dab07 $
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Whatever you do, do NOT set 'Auth-Type := EAP'. The server
|
||||
# is smart enough to figure this out on its own. The most
|
||||
# common side effect of setting 'Auth-Type := EAP' is that the
|
||||
# users then cannot use ANY other authentication method.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EAP types NOT listed here may be supported via the "eap2" module.
|
||||
# See experimental.conf for documentation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
eap {
|
||||
# Invoke the default supported EAP type when
|
||||
# EAP-Identity response is received.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The incoming EAP messages DO NOT specify which EAP
|
||||
# type they will be using, so it MUST be set here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For now, only one default EAP type may be used at a time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the EAP-Type attribute is set by another module,
|
||||
# then that EAP type takes precedence over the
|
||||
# default type configured here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
default_eap_type = ttls
|
||||
|
||||
# A list is maintained to correlate EAP-Response
|
||||
# packets with EAP-Request packets. After a
|
||||
# configurable length of time, entries in the list
|
||||
# expire, and are deleted.
|
||||
#
|
||||
timer_expire = 60
|
||||
|
||||
# There are many EAP types, but the server has support
|
||||
# for only a limited subset. If the server receives
|
||||
# a request for an EAP type it does not support, then
|
||||
# it normally rejects the request. By setting this
|
||||
# configuration to "yes", you can tell the server to
|
||||
# instead keep processing the request. Another module
|
||||
# MUST then be configured to proxy the request to
|
||||
# another RADIUS server which supports that EAP type.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If another module is NOT configured to handle the
|
||||
# request, then the request will still end up being
|
||||
# rejected.
|
||||
ignore_unknown_eap_types = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Cisco AP1230B firmware 12.2(13)JA1 has a bug. When given
|
||||
# a User-Name attribute in an Access-Accept, it copies one
|
||||
# more byte than it should.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We can work around it by configurably adding an extra
|
||||
# zero byte.
|
||||
cisco_accounting_username_bug = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Help prevent DoS attacks by limiting the number of
|
||||
# sessions that the server is tracking. For simplicity,
|
||||
# this is taken from the "max_requests" directive in
|
||||
# radiusd.conf.
|
||||
max_sessions = ${max_requests}
|
||||
|
||||
# Supported EAP-types
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We do NOT recommend using EAP-MD5 authentication
|
||||
# for wireless connections. It is insecure, and does
|
||||
# not provide for dynamic WEP keys.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#md5 {
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
# Cisco LEAP
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We do not recommend using LEAP in new deployments. See:
|
||||
# http://www.securiteam.com/tools/5TP012ACKE.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Cisco LEAP uses the MS-CHAP algorithm (but not
|
||||
# the MS-CHAP attributes) to perform it's authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As a result, LEAP *requires* access to the plain-text
|
||||
# User-Password, or the NT-Password attributes.
|
||||
# 'System' authentication is impossible with LEAP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
leap {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Generic Token Card.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Currently, this is only permitted inside of EAP-TTLS,
|
||||
# or EAP-PEAP. The module "challenges" the user with
|
||||
# text, and the response from the user is taken to be
|
||||
# the User-Password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Proxying the tunneled EAP-GTC session is a bad idea,
|
||||
# the users password will go over the wire in plain-text,
|
||||
# for anyone to see.
|
||||
#
|
||||
gtc {
|
||||
# The default challenge, which many clients
|
||||
# ignore..
|
||||
#challenge = "Password: "
|
||||
|
||||
# The plain-text response which comes back
|
||||
# is put into a User-Password attribute,
|
||||
# and passed to another module for
|
||||
# authentication. This allows the EAP-GTC
|
||||
# response to be checked against plain-text,
|
||||
# or crypt'd passwords.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you say "Local" instead of "PAP", then
|
||||
# the module will look for a User-Password
|
||||
# configured for the request, and do the
|
||||
# authentication itself.
|
||||
#
|
||||
auth_type = PAP
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
## EAP-TLS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See raddb/certs/README for additional comments
|
||||
# on certificates.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If OpenSSL was not found at the time the server was
|
||||
# built, the "tls", "ttls", and "peap" sections will
|
||||
# be ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Otherwise, when the server first starts in debugging
|
||||
# mode, test certificates will be created. See the
|
||||
# "make_cert_command" below for details, and the README
|
||||
# file in raddb/certs
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These test certificates SHOULD NOT be used in a normal
|
||||
# deployment. They are created only to make it easier
|
||||
# to install the server, and to perform some simple
|
||||
# tests with EAP-TLS, TTLS, or PEAP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://www.dslreports.com/forum/remark,9286052~mode=flat
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that you should NOT use a globally known CA here!
|
||||
# e.g. using a Verisign cert as a "known CA" means that
|
||||
# ANYONE who has a certificate signed by them can
|
||||
# authenticate via EAP-TLS! This is likely not what you want.
|
||||
tls {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These is used to simplify later configurations.
|
||||
#
|
||||
certdir = ${confdir}/certs
|
||||
cadir = ${confdir}/certs
|
||||
|
||||
#private_key_password = whatever
|
||||
private_key_file = ${certdir}/srv.key
|
||||
|
||||
# If Private key & Certificate are located in
|
||||
# the same file, then private_key_file &
|
||||
# certificate_file must contain the same file
|
||||
# name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If CA_file (below) is not used, then the
|
||||
# certificate_file below MUST include not
|
||||
# only the server certificate, but ALSO all
|
||||
# of the CA certificates used to sign the
|
||||
# server certificate.
|
||||
certificate_file = ${certdir}/srv.crt
|
||||
|
||||
# Trusted Root CA list
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ALL of the CA's in this list will be trusted
|
||||
# to issue client certificates for authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In general, you should use self-signed
|
||||
# certificates for 802.1x (EAP) authentication.
|
||||
# In that case, this CA file should contain
|
||||
# *one* CA certificate.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This parameter is used only for EAP-TLS,
|
||||
# when you issue client certificates. If you do
|
||||
# not use client certificates, and you do not want
|
||||
# to permit EAP-TLS authentication, then delete
|
||||
# this configuration item.
|
||||
#CA_file = ${cadir}/ca.pem
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For DH cipher suites to work, you have to
|
||||
# run OpenSSL to create the DH file first:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# openssl dhparam -out certs/dh 1024
|
||||
#
|
||||
dh_file = ${certdir}/dh
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If your system doesn't have /dev/urandom,
|
||||
# you will need to create this file, and
|
||||
# periodically change its contents.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For security reasons, FreeRADIUS doesn't
|
||||
# write to files in its configuration
|
||||
# directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# random_file = ${certdir}/random
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This can never exceed the size of a RADIUS
|
||||
# packet (4096 bytes), and is preferably half
|
||||
# that, to accomodate other attributes in
|
||||
# RADIUS packet. On most APs the MAX packet
|
||||
# length is configured between 1500 - 1600
|
||||
# In these cases, fragment size should be
|
||||
# 1024 or less.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# fragment_size = 1024
|
||||
|
||||
# include_length is a flag which is
|
||||
# by default set to yes If set to
|
||||
# yes, Total Length of the message is
|
||||
# included in EVERY packet we send.
|
||||
# If set to no, Total Length of the
|
||||
# message is included ONLY in the
|
||||
# First packet of a fragment series.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# include_length = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# Check the Certificate Revocation List
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1) Copy CA certificates and CRLs to same directory.
|
||||
# 2) Execute 'c_rehash <CA certs&CRLs Directory>'.
|
||||
# 'c_rehash' is OpenSSL's command.
|
||||
# 3) uncomment the line below.
|
||||
# 5) Restart radiusd
|
||||
# check_crl = yes
|
||||
CA_path = ${cadir}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check_cert_issuer is set, the value will
|
||||
# be checked against the DN of the issuer in
|
||||
# the client certificate. If the values do not
|
||||
# match, the cerficate verification will fail,
|
||||
# rejecting the user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In 2.1.10 and later, this check can be done
|
||||
# more generally by checking the value of the
|
||||
# TLS-Client-Cert-Issuer attribute. This check
|
||||
# can be done via any mechanism you choose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# check_cert_issuer = "/C=GB/ST=Berkshire/L=Newbury/O=My Company Ltd"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check_cert_cn is set, the value will
|
||||
# be xlat'ed and checked against the CN
|
||||
# in the client certificate. If the values
|
||||
# do not match, the certificate verification
|
||||
# will fail rejecting the user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This check is done only if the previous
|
||||
# "check_cert_issuer" is not set, or if
|
||||
# the check succeeds.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In 2.1.10 and later, this check can be done
|
||||
# more generally by checking the value of the
|
||||
# TLS-Client-Cert-CN attribute. This check
|
||||
# can be done via any mechanism you choose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# check_cert_cn = %{User-Name}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Set this option to specify the allowed
|
||||
# TLS cipher suites. The format is listed
|
||||
# in "man 1 ciphers".
|
||||
cipher_list = "DEFAULT"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As part of checking a client certificate, the EAP-TLS
|
||||
# sets some attributes such as TLS-Client-Cert-CN. This
|
||||
# virtual server has access to these attributes, and can
|
||||
# be used to accept or reject the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# virtual_server = check-eap-tls
|
||||
|
||||
# This command creates the initial "snake oil"
|
||||
# certificates when the server is run as root,
|
||||
# and via "radiusd -X".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.1.11, it *also* checks the server
|
||||
# certificate for validity, including expiration.
|
||||
# This means that radiusd will refuse to start
|
||||
# when the certificate has expired. The alternative
|
||||
# is to have the 802.1X clients refuse to connect
|
||||
# when they discover the certificate has expired.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Debugging client issues is hard, so it's better
|
||||
# for the server to print out an error message,
|
||||
# and refuse to start.
|
||||
#
|
||||
make_cert_command = "${certdir}/bootstrap"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Elliptical cryptography configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Only for OpenSSL >= 0.9.8.f
|
||||
#
|
||||
ecdh_curve = "prime256v1"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Session resumption / fast reauthentication
|
||||
# cache.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The cache contains the following information:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# session Id - unique identifier, managed by SSL
|
||||
# User-Name - from the Access-Accept
|
||||
# Stripped-User-Name - from the Access-Request
|
||||
# Cached-Session-Policy - from the Access-Accept
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "Cached-Session-Policy" is the name of a
|
||||
# policy which should be applied to the cached
|
||||
# session. This policy can be used to assign
|
||||
# VLANs, IP addresses, etc. It serves as a useful
|
||||
# way to re-apply the policy from the original
|
||||
# Access-Accept to the subsequent Access-Accept
|
||||
# for the cached session.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# On session resumption, these attributes are
|
||||
# copied from the cache, and placed into the
|
||||
# reply list.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You probably also want "use_tunneled_reply = yes"
|
||||
# when using fast session resumption.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cache {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Enable it. The default is "no".
|
||||
# Deleting the entire "cache" subsection
|
||||
# Also disables caching.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can disallow resumption for a
|
||||
# particular user by adding the following
|
||||
# attribute to the control item list:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allow-Session-Resumption = No
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If "enable = no" below, you CANNOT
|
||||
# enable resumption for just one user
|
||||
# by setting the above attribute to "yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
enable = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Lifetime of the cached entries, in hours.
|
||||
# The sessions will be deleted after this
|
||||
# time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
lifetime = 24 # hours
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The maximum number of entries in the
|
||||
# cache. Set to "0" for "infinite".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This could be set to the number of users
|
||||
# who are logged in... which can be a LOT.
|
||||
#
|
||||
max_entries = 255
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of version 2.1.10, client certificates can be
|
||||
# validated via an external command. This allows
|
||||
# dynamic CRLs or OCSP to be used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration is commented out in the
|
||||
# default configuration. Uncomment it, and configure
|
||||
# the correct paths below to enable it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
verify {
|
||||
# A temporary directory where the client
|
||||
# certificates are stored. This directory
|
||||
# MUST be owned by the UID of the server,
|
||||
# and MUST not be accessible by any other
|
||||
# users. When the server starts, it will do
|
||||
# "chmod go-rwx" on the directory, for
|
||||
# security reasons. The directory MUST
|
||||
# exist when the server starts.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should also delete all of the files
|
||||
# in the directory when the server starts.
|
||||
# tmpdir = /tmp/radiusd
|
||||
|
||||
# The command used to verify the client cert.
|
||||
# We recommend using the OpenSSL command-line
|
||||
# tool.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The ${..CA_path} text is a reference to
|
||||
# the CA_path variable defined above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The %{TLS-Client-Cert-Filename} is the name
|
||||
# of the temporary file containing the cert
|
||||
# in PEM format. This file is automatically
|
||||
# deleted by the server when the command
|
||||
# returns.
|
||||
# client = "/path/to/openssl verify -CApath ${..CA_path} %{TLS-Client-Cert-Filename}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OCSP Configuration
|
||||
# Certificates can be verified against an OCSP
|
||||
# Responder. This makes it possible to immediately
|
||||
# revoke certificates without the distribution of
|
||||
# new Certificate Revokation Lists (CRLs).
|
||||
#
|
||||
ocsp {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Enable it. The default is "no".
|
||||
# Deleting the entire "ocsp" subsection
|
||||
# Also disables ocsp checking
|
||||
#
|
||||
enable = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The OCSP Responder URL can be automatically
|
||||
# extracted from the certificate in question.
|
||||
# To override the OCSP Responder URL set
|
||||
# "override_cert_url = yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
override_cert_url = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the OCSP Responder address is not
|
||||
# extracted from the certificate, the
|
||||
# URL can be defined here.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Limitation: Currently the HTTP
|
||||
# Request is not sending the "Host: "
|
||||
# information to the web-server. This
|
||||
# can be a problem if the OCSP
|
||||
# Responder is running as a vhost.
|
||||
#
|
||||
url = "http://127.0.0.1/ocsp/"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the OCSP Responder can not cope with nonce
|
||||
# in the request, then it can be disabled here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For security reasons, disabling this option
|
||||
# is not recommended as nonce protects against
|
||||
# replay attacks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that Microsoft AD Certificate Services OCSP
|
||||
# Responder does not enable nonce by default. It is
|
||||
# more secure to enable nonce on the responder than
|
||||
# to disable it in the query here.
|
||||
# See http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc770413%28WS.10%29.aspx
|
||||
#
|
||||
# use_nonce = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Number of seconds before giving up waiting
|
||||
# for OCSP response. 0 uses system default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# timeout = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Normally an error in querying the OCSP
|
||||
# responder (no response from server, server did
|
||||
# not understand the request, etc) will result in
|
||||
# a validation failure.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To treat these errors as 'soft' failures and
|
||||
# still accept the certificate, enable this
|
||||
# option.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Warning: this may enable clients with revoked
|
||||
# certificates to connect if the OCSP responder
|
||||
# is not available. Use with caution.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# softfail = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# The TTLS module implements the EAP-TTLS protocol,
|
||||
# which can be described as EAP inside of Diameter,
|
||||
# inside of TLS, inside of EAP, inside of RADIUS...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Surprisingly, it works quite well.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The TTLS module needs the TLS module to be installed
|
||||
# and configured, in order to use the TLS tunnel
|
||||
# inside of the EAP packet. You will still need to
|
||||
# configure the TLS module, even if you do not want
|
||||
# to deploy EAP-TLS in your network. Users will not
|
||||
# be able to request EAP-TLS, as it requires them to
|
||||
# have a client certificate. EAP-TTLS does not
|
||||
# require a client certificate.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can make TTLS require a client cert by setting
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EAP-TLS-Require-Client-Cert = Yes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# in the control items for a request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ttls {
|
||||
# The tunneled EAP session needs a default
|
||||
# EAP type which is separate from the one for
|
||||
# the non-tunneled EAP module. Inside of the
|
||||
# TTLS tunnel, we recommend using EAP-MD5.
|
||||
# If the request does not contain an EAP
|
||||
# conversation, then this configuration entry
|
||||
# is ignored.
|
||||
default_eap_type = gtc
|
||||
|
||||
# The tunneled authentication request does
|
||||
# not usually contain useful attributes
|
||||
# like 'Calling-Station-Id', etc. These
|
||||
# attributes are outside of the tunnel,
|
||||
# and normally unavailable to the tunneled
|
||||
# authentication request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By setting this configuration entry to
|
||||
# 'yes', any attribute which NOT in the
|
||||
# tunneled authentication request, but
|
||||
# which IS available outside of the tunnel,
|
||||
# is copied to the tunneled request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
copy_request_to_tunnel = no
|
||||
|
||||
# The reply attributes sent to the NAS are
|
||||
# usually based on the name of the user
|
||||
# 'outside' of the tunnel (usually
|
||||
# 'anonymous'). If you want to send the
|
||||
# reply attributes based on the user name
|
||||
# inside of the tunnel, then set this
|
||||
# configuration entry to 'yes', and the reply
|
||||
# to the NAS will be taken from the reply to
|
||||
# the tunneled request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
use_tunneled_reply = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The inner tunneled request can be sent
|
||||
# through a virtual server constructed
|
||||
# specifically for this purpose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this entry is commented out, the inner
|
||||
# tunneled request will be sent through
|
||||
# the virtual server that processed the
|
||||
# outer requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
virtual_server = "inner-tunnel"
|
||||
|
||||
# This has the same meaning as the
|
||||
# same field in the "tls" module, above.
|
||||
# The default value here is "yes".
|
||||
# include_length = yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
##################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# !!!!! WARNINGS for Windows compatibility !!!!!
|
||||
#
|
||||
##################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you see the server send an Access-Challenge,
|
||||
# and the client never sends another Access-Request,
|
||||
# then
|
||||
#
|
||||
# STOP!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server certificate has to have special OID's
|
||||
# in it, or else the Microsoft clients will silently
|
||||
# fail. See the "scripts/xpextensions" file for
|
||||
# details, and the following page:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/814394/en-us
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For additional Windows XP SP2 issues, see:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/885453/en-us
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If is still doesn't work, and you're using Samba,
|
||||
# you may be encountering a Samba bug. See:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6563
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that we do not necessarily agree with their
|
||||
# explanation... but the fix does appear to work.
|
||||
#
|
||||
##################################################
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The tunneled EAP session needs a default EAP type
|
||||
# which is separate from the one for the non-tunneled
|
||||
# EAP module. Inside of the TLS/PEAP tunnel, we
|
||||
# recommend using EAP-MS-CHAPv2.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The PEAP module needs the TLS module to be installed
|
||||
# and configured, in order to use the TLS tunnel
|
||||
# inside of the EAP packet. You will still need to
|
||||
# configure the TLS module, even if you do not want
|
||||
# to deploy EAP-TLS in your network. Users will not
|
||||
# be able to request EAP-TLS, as it requires them to
|
||||
# have a client certificate. EAP-PEAP does not
|
||||
# require a client certificate.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can make PEAP require a client cert by setting
|
||||
#
|
||||
# EAP-TLS-Require-Client-Cert = Yes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# in the control items for a request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
peap {
|
||||
# The tunneled EAP session needs a default
|
||||
# EAP type which is separate from the one for
|
||||
# the non-tunneled EAP module. Inside of the
|
||||
# PEAP tunnel, we recommend using MS-CHAPv2,
|
||||
# as that is the default type supported by
|
||||
# Windows clients.
|
||||
default_eap_type = mschapv2
|
||||
|
||||
# the PEAP module also has these configuration
|
||||
# items, which are the same as for TTLS.
|
||||
copy_request_to_tunnel = no
|
||||
use_tunneled_reply = no
|
||||
|
||||
# When the tunneled session is proxied, the
|
||||
# home server may not understand EAP-MSCHAP-V2.
|
||||
# Set this entry to "no" to proxy the tunneled
|
||||
# EAP-MSCHAP-V2 as normal MSCHAPv2.
|
||||
# proxy_tunneled_request_as_eap = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The inner tunneled request can be sent
|
||||
# through a virtual server constructed
|
||||
# specifically for this purpose.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this entry is commented out, the inner
|
||||
# tunneled request will be sent through
|
||||
# the virtual server that processed the
|
||||
# outer requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
virtual_server = "inner-tunnel"
|
||||
|
||||
# This option enables support for MS-SoH
|
||||
# see doc/SoH.txt for more info.
|
||||
# It is disabled by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# soh = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The SoH reply will be turned into a request which
|
||||
# can be sent to a specific virtual server:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# soh_virtual_server = "soh-server"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This takes no configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that it is the EAP MS-CHAPv2 sub-module, not
|
||||
# the main 'mschap' module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note also that in order for this sub-module to work,
|
||||
# the main 'mschap' module MUST ALSO be configured.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module is the *Microsoft* implementation of MS-CHAPv2
|
||||
# in EAP. There is another (incompatible) implementation
|
||||
# of MS-CHAPv2 in EAP by Cisco, which FreeRADIUS does not
|
||||
# currently support.
|
||||
#
|
||||
mschapv2 {
|
||||
# Prior to version 2.1.11, the module never
|
||||
# sent the MS-CHAP-Error message to the
|
||||
# client. This worked, but it had issues
|
||||
# when the cached password was wrong. The
|
||||
# server *should* send "E=691 R=0" to the
|
||||
# client, which tells it to prompt the user
|
||||
# for a new password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default is to behave as in 2.1.10 and
|
||||
# earlier, which is known to work. If you
|
||||
# set "send_error = yes", then the error
|
||||
# message will be sent back to the client.
|
||||
# This *may* help some clients work better,
|
||||
# but *may* also cause other clients to stop
|
||||
# working.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# send_error = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# hints
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The hints file. This file is used to match
|
||||
# a request, and then add attributes to it. This
|
||||
# process allows a user to login as "bob.ppp" (for example),
|
||||
# and receive a PPP connection, even if the NAS doesn't
|
||||
# ask for PPP. The "hints" file is used to match the
|
||||
# ".ppp" portion of the username, and to add a set of
|
||||
# "user requested PPP" attributes to the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Matching can take place with the the Prefix and Suffix
|
||||
# attributes, just like in the "users" file.
|
||||
# These attributes operate ONLY on the username, though.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that the attributes that are set for each
|
||||
# entry are _NOT_ passed back to the terminal server.
|
||||
# Instead they are added to the information that has
|
||||
# been _SENT_ by the terminal server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This extra information can be used in the users file to
|
||||
# match on. Usually this is done in the DEFAULT entries,
|
||||
# of which there can be more than one.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In addition a matching entry can transform a username
|
||||
# for authentication purposes if the "Strip-User-Name"
|
||||
# variable is set to Yes in an entry (default is Yes).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A special non-protocol name-value pair called "Hint"
|
||||
# can be set to match on in the "users" file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following is how most ISPs want to set this up.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Version: $Id: f92ffb9f1e5bd0509b2e0e5e015001fda52bdfc3 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DEFAULT Suffix == ".ppp", Strip-User-Name = Yes
|
||||
Hint = "PPP",
|
||||
Service-Type = Framed-User,
|
||||
Framed-Protocol = PPP
|
||||
|
||||
DEFAULT Suffix == ".slip", Strip-User-Name = Yes
|
||||
Hint = "SLIP",
|
||||
Service-Type = Framed-User,
|
||||
Framed-Protocol = SLIP
|
||||
|
||||
DEFAULT Suffix == ".cslip", Strip-User-Name = Yes
|
||||
Hint = "CSLIP",
|
||||
Service-Type = Framed-User,
|
||||
Framed-Protocol = SLIP,
|
||||
Framed-Compression = Van-Jacobson-TCP-IP
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These entries are old, and commented out by default.
|
||||
# They confuse too many people when "Peter" logs in, and the
|
||||
# server thinks that the user "eter" is asking for PPP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Prefix == "U", Strip-User-Name = No
|
||||
# Hint = "UUCP"
|
||||
|
||||
#DEFAULT Prefix == "P", Strip-User-Name = Yes
|
||||
# Hint = "PPP",
|
||||
# Service-Type = Framed-User,
|
||||
# Framed-Protocol = PPP
|
||||
|
||||
#DEFAULT Prefix == "S", Strip-User-Name = Yes
|
||||
# Hint = "SLIP",
|
||||
# Service-Type = Framed-User,
|
||||
# Framed-Protocol = SLIP
|
||||
|
||||
#DEFAULT Prefix == "C", Strip-User-Name = Yes
|
||||
# Hint = "CSLIP",
|
||||
# Service-Type = Framed-User,
|
||||
# Framed-Protocol = SLIP,
|
||||
# Framed-Compression = Van-Jacobson-TCP-IP
|
||||
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# huntgroups This file defines the `huntgroups' that you have. A
|
||||
# huntgroup is defined by specifying the IP address of
|
||||
# the NAS and possibly a port range. Port can be identified
|
||||
# as just one port, or a range (from-to), and multiple ports
|
||||
# or ranges of ports must be seperated by a comma. For
|
||||
# example: 1,2,3-8
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Matching is done while RADIUS scans the user file; if it
|
||||
# includes the selection criterium "Huntgroup-Name == XXX"
|
||||
# the huntgroup is looked up in this file to see if it
|
||||
# matches. There can be multiple definitions of the same
|
||||
# huntgroup; the first one that matches will be used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file can also be used to define restricted access
|
||||
# to certain huntgroups. The second and following lines
|
||||
# define the access restrictions (based on username and
|
||||
# UNIX usergroup) for the huntgroup.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Our POP in Alphen a/d Rijn has 3 terminal servers. Create a Huntgroup-Name
|
||||
# called Alphen that matches on all three terminal servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#alphen NAS-IP-Address == 192.168.2.5
|
||||
#alphen NAS-IP-Address == 192.168.2.6
|
||||
#alphen NAS-IP-Address == 192.168.2.7
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The POP in Delft consists of only one terminal server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#delft NAS-IP-Address == 192.168.3.5
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Ports 0-7 on the first terminal server in Alphen are connected to
|
||||
# a huntgroup that is for business users only. Note that only one
|
||||
# of the username or groupname has to match to get access (OR/OR).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that this huntgroup is a subset of the "alphen" huntgroup.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#business NAS-IP-Address == 192.168.2.5, NAS-Port-Id == 0-7
|
||||
# User-Name = rogerl,
|
||||
# User-Name = henks,
|
||||
# Group = business,
|
||||
# Group = staff
|
||||
|
@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Mapping of RADIUS dictionary attributes to LDAP directory attributes
|
||||
# to be used by LDAP authentication and authorization module (rlm_ldap)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Format:
|
||||
# ItemType RADIUS-Attribute-Name ldapAttributeName [operator]
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Where:
|
||||
# ItemType = checkItem or replyItem
|
||||
# RADIUS-Attribute-Name = attribute name in RADIUS dictionary
|
||||
# ldapAttributeName = attribute name in LDAP schema
|
||||
# operator = optional, and may not be present.
|
||||
# If not present, defaults to "==" for checkItems,
|
||||
# and "=" for replyItems.
|
||||
# If present, the operator here should be one
|
||||
# of the same operators as defined in the "users"3
|
||||
# file ("man users", or "man 5 users").
|
||||
# If an operator is present in the value of the
|
||||
# LDAP entry (i.e. ":=foo"), then it over-rides
|
||||
# both the default, and any operator given here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If $GENERIC$ is specified as RADIUS-Attribute-Name, the line specifies
|
||||
# a LDAP attribute which can be used to store any RADIUS
|
||||
# attribute/value-pair in LDAP directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should edit this file to suit it to your needs.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
checkItem $GENERIC$ radiusCheckItem
|
||||
replyItem $GENERIC$ radiusReplyItem
|
||||
|
||||
checkItem Auth-Type radiusAuthType
|
||||
checkItem Simultaneous-Use radiusSimultaneousUse
|
||||
checkItem Called-Station-Id radiusCalledStationId
|
||||
checkItem Calling-Station-Id radiusCallingStationId
|
||||
checkItem LM-Password lmPassword
|
||||
checkItem NT-Password ntPassword
|
||||
checkItem LM-Password sambaLmPassword
|
||||
checkItem NT-Password sambaNtPassword
|
||||
checkItem LM-Password dBCSPwd
|
||||
checkitem Password-With-Header userPassword
|
||||
checkItem SMB-Account-CTRL-TEXT acctFlags
|
||||
checkItem Expiration radiusExpiration
|
||||
checkItem NAS-IP-Address radiusNASIpAddress
|
||||
|
||||
replyItem Service-Type radiusServiceType
|
||||
replyItem Framed-Protocol radiusFramedProtocol
|
||||
replyItem Framed-IP-Address radiusFramedIPAddress
|
||||
replyItem Framed-IP-Netmask radiusFramedIPNetmask
|
||||
replyItem Framed-Route radiusFramedRoute
|
||||
replyItem Framed-Routing radiusFramedRouting
|
||||
replyItem Filter-Id radiusFilterId
|
||||
replyItem Framed-MTU radiusFramedMTU
|
||||
replyItem Framed-Compression radiusFramedCompression
|
||||
replyItem Login-IP-Host radiusLoginIPHost
|
||||
replyItem Login-Service radiusLoginService
|
||||
replyItem Login-TCP-Port radiusLoginTCPPort
|
||||
replyItem Callback-Number radiusCallbackNumber
|
||||
replyItem Callback-Id radiusCallbackId
|
||||
replyItem Framed-IPX-Network radiusFramedIPXNetwork
|
||||
replyItem Class radiusClass
|
||||
replyItem Session-Timeout radiusSessionTimeout
|
||||
replyItem Idle-Timeout radiusIdleTimeout
|
||||
replyItem Termination-Action radiusTerminationAction
|
||||
replyItem Login-LAT-Service radiusLoginLATService
|
||||
replyItem Login-LAT-Node radiusLoginLATNode
|
||||
replyItem Login-LAT-Group radiusLoginLATGroup
|
||||
replyItem Framed-AppleTalk-Link radiusFramedAppleTalkLink
|
||||
replyItem Framed-AppleTalk-Network radiusFramedAppleTalkNetwork
|
||||
replyItem Framed-AppleTalk-Zone radiusFramedAppleTalkZone
|
||||
replyItem Port-Limit radiusPortLimit
|
||||
replyItem Login-LAT-Port radiusLoginLATPort
|
||||
replyItem Reply-Message radiusReplyMessage
|
||||
replyItem Tunnel-Type radiusTunnelType
|
||||
replyItem Tunnel-Medium-Type radiusTunnelMediumType
|
||||
replyItem Tunnel-Private-Group-Id radiusTunnelPrivateGroupId
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: cfd89eb1bf690b605892969ebd922e6885f24fcc $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Create a unique accounting session Id. Many NASes re-use
|
||||
# or repeat values for Acct-Session-Id, causing no end of
|
||||
# confusion.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module will add a (probably) unique session id
|
||||
# to an accounting packet based on the attributes listed
|
||||
# below found in the packet. See doc/rlm_acct_unique for
|
||||
# more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
acct_unique {
|
||||
key = "User-Name, Acct-Session-Id, NAS-IP-Address, NAS-Identifier, NAS-Port"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: c28187f05d4f0416442203b016feb7e2b818716f $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "always" module is here for debugging purposes. Each
|
||||
# instance simply returns the same result, always, without
|
||||
# doing anything.
|
||||
always fail {
|
||||
rcode = fail
|
||||
}
|
||||
always reject {
|
||||
rcode = reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
always noop {
|
||||
rcode = noop
|
||||
}
|
||||
always handled {
|
||||
rcode = handled
|
||||
}
|
||||
always updated {
|
||||
rcode = updated
|
||||
}
|
||||
always notfound {
|
||||
rcode = notfound
|
||||
}
|
||||
always ok {
|
||||
rcode = ok
|
||||
simulcount = 0
|
||||
mpp = no
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: acb28a9c587526a22f9310ade21d6a480a0bfe28 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file defines a number of instances of the "attr_filter" module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# attr_filter - filters the attributes received in replies from
|
||||
# proxied servers, to make sure we send back to our RADIUS client
|
||||
# only allowed attributes.
|
||||
attr_filter attr_filter.post-proxy {
|
||||
attrsfile = ${confdir}/attrs
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# attr_filter - filters the attributes in the packets we send to
|
||||
# the RADIUS home servers.
|
||||
attr_filter attr_filter.pre-proxy {
|
||||
attrsfile = ${confdir}/attrs.pre-proxy
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Enforce RFC requirements on the contents of Access-Reject
|
||||
# packets. See the comments at the top of the file for
|
||||
# more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
attr_filter attr_filter.access_reject {
|
||||
key = %{User-Name}
|
||||
attrsfile = ${confdir}/attrs.access_reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Enforce RFC requirements on the contents of Access-Reject
|
||||
# packets. See the comments at the top of the file for
|
||||
# more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
attr_filter attr_filter.access_challenge {
|
||||
key = %{User-Name}
|
||||
attrsfile = ${confdir}/attrs.access_challenge
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Enforce RFC requirements on the contents of the
|
||||
# Accounting-Response packets. See the comments at the
|
||||
# top of the file for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
attr_filter attr_filter.accounting_response {
|
||||
key = %{User-Name}
|
||||
attrsfile = ${confdir}/attrs.accounting_response
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 8fb93224288061781980a156d541f5283abee1a0 $
|
||||
|
||||
# rewrite arbitrary packets. Useful in accounting and authorization.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0, much of the functionality of this module is in "unlang".
|
||||
# You should probably investigate using that before trying to use
|
||||
# the "attr_rewrite" module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module can also use the Rewrite-Rule attribute. If it
|
||||
# is set and matches the name of the module instance, then
|
||||
# that module instance will be the only one which runs.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Also if new_attribute is set to yes then a new attribute
|
||||
# will be created containing the value replacewith and it
|
||||
# will be added to searchin (packet, reply, proxy,
|
||||
# proxy_reply or config).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# searchfor,ignore_case and max_matches will be ignored in that case.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Backreferences are supported.
|
||||
# %{0} will contain the string the whole match
|
||||
# %{1} to %{8} will contain the contents of the 1st to
|
||||
# the 8th parentheses
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If max_matches is greater than one, the backreferences will
|
||||
# correspond to the first attributed that matched.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
attr_rewrite sanecallerid {
|
||||
attribute = Called-Station-Id
|
||||
# may be "packet", "reply", "proxy", "proxy_reply" or "config"
|
||||
searchin = packet
|
||||
searchfor = "[+ ]"
|
||||
replacewith = ""
|
||||
ignore_case = no
|
||||
new_attribute = no
|
||||
max_matches = 10
|
||||
|
||||
## If set to yes then the replace string will be
|
||||
## appended to the original string
|
||||
append = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: da4a099beae8eeb3bfe5f70f20523a4258f7f0cd $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A module to cache attributes. The idea is that you can look
|
||||
# up information in a database, and then cache it. Repeated
|
||||
# requests for the same information will then have the cached
|
||||
# values added to the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module can cache a fixed set of attributes per key.
|
||||
# It can be listed in "authorize", "post-auth", "pre-proxy"
|
||||
# and "post-proxy".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want different things cached for authorize and post-auth,
|
||||
# you will need to define two instances of the "cache" module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module returns "ok" if it found a cache entry.
|
||||
# The module returns "updated" if it added a new cache entry.
|
||||
# The module returns "noop" if it did nothing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cache {
|
||||
# The key used to index the cache. It is dynamically expanded
|
||||
# at run time.
|
||||
key = "%{User-Name}"
|
||||
|
||||
# The TTL of cache entries, in seconds. Entries older than this
|
||||
# will be expired.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can set the TTL per cache entry, but adding a control
|
||||
# variable "Cache-TTL". The value there will over-ride this one.
|
||||
# Setting a Cache-TTL of 0 means "delete this entry".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This value should be between 10 and 86400.
|
||||
ttl = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# A timestamp used to flush the cache, via
|
||||
#
|
||||
# radmin -e "set module config cache epoch 123456789"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Where last value is a 32-bit Unix timestamp. Cache entries
|
||||
# older than this are expired, and new entries added.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should ALWAYS leave it as "epoch = 0" here.
|
||||
epoch = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# The module can also operate in status-only mode where it will
|
||||
# not add new cache entries, or merge existing ones.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To enable set the control variable "Cache-Status-Only" to "yes"
|
||||
# The module will return "ok" if it found a cache entry.
|
||||
# The module will return "notfound" if it failed to find a cache entry,
|
||||
# or the entry had expired.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: expired entries will still be removed.
|
||||
|
||||
# If yes the following attributes will be added to the request list:
|
||||
# * Cache-Entry-Hits - The number of times this entry has been
|
||||
# retrieved.
|
||||
add-stats = no
|
||||
|
||||
# The list of attributes to cache for a particular key.
|
||||
# Each key gets the same set of cached attributes.
|
||||
# The attributes are dynamically expanded at run time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can specify which list the attribute goes into by
|
||||
# prefixing the attribute name with the list. This allows
|
||||
# you to update multiple lists with one configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no list is specified the request list will be updated.
|
||||
update {
|
||||
# list:Attr-Name
|
||||
reply:Reply-Message += "I'm the cached reply from %t"
|
||||
|
||||
control:Class := 0x010203
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: e2a3cd3b110ffffdbcff86c7fc65a9275ddc3379 $
|
||||
|
||||
# CHAP module
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To authenticate requests containing a CHAP-Password attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
chap {
|
||||
# no configuration
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: ed26e571e8f0bcf3bf586ceb16d0cdff182f5017 $
|
||||
|
||||
# A simple value checking module
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0, much of the functionality of this module is in "unlang".
|
||||
# You should probably investigate using that before trying to use
|
||||
# the "checkval" module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It can be used to check if an attribute value in the request
|
||||
# matches a (possibly multi valued) attribute in the check
|
||||
# items This can be used for example for caller-id
|
||||
# authentication. For the module to run, both the request
|
||||
# attribute and the check items attribute must exist
|
||||
#
|
||||
# i.e.
|
||||
# A user has an ldap entry with 2 radiusCallingStationId
|
||||
# attributes with values "12345678" and "12345679". If we
|
||||
# enable rlm_checkval, then any request which contains a
|
||||
# Calling-Station-Id with one of those two values will be
|
||||
# accepted. Requests with other values for
|
||||
# Calling-Station-Id will be rejected.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Regular expressions in the check attribute value are allowed
|
||||
# as long as the operator is '=~'
|
||||
#
|
||||
checkval {
|
||||
# The attribute to look for in the request
|
||||
item-name = Calling-Station-Id
|
||||
|
||||
# The attribute to look for in check items. Can be multi valued
|
||||
check-name = Calling-Station-Id
|
||||
|
||||
# The data type. Can be
|
||||
# string,integer,ipaddr,date,abinary,octets
|
||||
data-type = string
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to yes and we dont find the item-name attribute in the
|
||||
# request then we send back a reject
|
||||
# DEFAULT is no
|
||||
#notfound-reject = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 2dad39a25c676821c6e602881e5bec52d738abfd $
|
||||
|
||||
# counter module:
|
||||
# This module takes an attribute (count-attribute).
|
||||
# It also takes a key, and creates a counter for each unique
|
||||
# key. The count is incremented when accounting packets are
|
||||
# received by the server. The value of the increment depends
|
||||
# on the attribute type.
|
||||
# If the attribute is Acct-Session-Time or of an integer type we add
|
||||
# the value of the attribute. If it is anything else we increase the
|
||||
# counter by one.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The 'reset' parameter defines when the counters are all reset to
|
||||
# zero. It can be hourly, daily, weekly, monthly or never.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# hourly: Reset on 00:00 of every hour
|
||||
# daily: Reset on 00:00:00 every day
|
||||
# weekly: Reset on 00:00:00 on sunday
|
||||
# monthly: Reset on 00:00:00 of the first day of each month
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It can also be user defined. It should be of the form:
|
||||
# num[hdwm] where:
|
||||
# h: hours, d: days, w: weeks, m: months
|
||||
# If the letter is ommited days will be assumed. In example:
|
||||
# reset = 10h (reset every 10 hours)
|
||||
# reset = 12 (reset every 12 days)
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The check-name attribute defines an attribute which will be
|
||||
# registered by the counter module and can be used to set the
|
||||
# maximum allowed value for the counter after which the user
|
||||
# is rejected.
|
||||
# Something like:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DEFAULT Max-Daily-Session := 36000
|
||||
# Fall-Through = 1
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should add the counter module in the instantiate
|
||||
# section so that it registers check-name before the files
|
||||
# module reads the users file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check-name is set and the user is to be rejected then we
|
||||
# send back a Reply-Message and we log a Failure-Message in
|
||||
# the radius.log
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the count attribute is Acct-Session-Time then on each
|
||||
# login we send back the remaining online time as a
|
||||
# Session-Timeout attribute ELSE and if the reply-name is
|
||||
# set, we send back that attribute. The reply-name attribute
|
||||
# MUST be of an integer type.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The counter-name can also be used instead of using the check-name
|
||||
# like below:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DEFAULT Daily-Session-Time > 3600, Auth-Type = Reject
|
||||
# Reply-Message = "You've used up more than one hour today"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The allowed-servicetype attribute can be used to only take
|
||||
# into account specific sessions. For example if a user first
|
||||
# logs in through a login menu and then selects ppp there will
|
||||
# be two sessions. One for Login-User and one for Framed-User
|
||||
# service type. We only need to take into account the second one.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module should be added in the instantiate, authorize and
|
||||
# accounting sections. Make sure that in the authorize
|
||||
# section it comes after any module which sets the
|
||||
# 'check-name' attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
counter daily {
|
||||
filename = ${db_dir}/db.daily
|
||||
key = User-Name
|
||||
count-attribute = Acct-Session-Time
|
||||
reset = daily
|
||||
counter-name = Daily-Session-Time
|
||||
check-name = Max-Daily-Session
|
||||
reply-name = Session-Timeout
|
||||
allowed-servicetype = Framed-User
|
||||
cache-size = 5000
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 246461369a25c17feae3168bb66050203d4b8a34 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Write Chargeable-User-Identity to the database.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Schema raddb/sql/mysql/cui.sql
|
||||
# Queries raddb/sql/mysql/cui.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
sql cui {
|
||||
database = "mysql"
|
||||
driver = "rlm_sql_${database}"
|
||||
server = "localhost"
|
||||
login = "db_login_name"
|
||||
password = "db_password"
|
||||
radius_db = "db_name"
|
||||
# sqltrace = yes
|
||||
# sqltracefile = ${logdir}/cuitrace.sql
|
||||
num_sql_socks = 5
|
||||
connect_failure_retry_delay = 60
|
||||
cui_table = "cui"
|
||||
sql_user_name = "%{User-Name}"
|
||||
#$INCLUDE sql/${database}/cui.conf
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 2e68d065ec93d0644cf7e931d97fdfac4e2be552 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Write a detailed log of all accounting records received.
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail {
|
||||
# Note that we do NOT use NAS-IP-Address here, as
|
||||
# that attribute MAY BE from the originating NAS, and
|
||||
# NOT from the proxy which actually sent us the
|
||||
# request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following line creates a new detail file for
|
||||
# every radius client (by IP address or hostname).
|
||||
# In addition, a new detail file is created every
|
||||
# day, so that the detail file doesn't have to go
|
||||
# through a 'log rotation'
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If your detail files are large, you may also want
|
||||
# to add a ':%H' (see doc/variables.txt) to the end
|
||||
# of it, to create a new detail file every hour, e.g.:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ..../detail-%Y%m%d:%H
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This will create a new detail file for every hour.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are reading detail files via the "listen" section
|
||||
# (e.g. as in raddb/sites-available/robust-proxy-accounting),
|
||||
# you MUST use a unique directory for each combination of a
|
||||
# detail file writer, and reader. That is, there can only
|
||||
# be ONE "listen" section reading detail files from a
|
||||
# particular directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/%{%{Packet-Src-IP-Address}:-%{Packet-Src-IPv6-Address}}/detail-%Y%m%d
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are using radrelay, delete the above line for "detailfile",
|
||||
# and use this one instead:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# detailfile = ${radacctdir}/detail
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Unix-style permissions on the 'detail' file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The detail file often contains secret or private
|
||||
# information about users. So by keeping the file
|
||||
# permissions restrictive, we can prevent unwanted
|
||||
# people from seeing that information.
|
||||
detailperm = 0600
|
||||
|
||||
# The Unix group of the log file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The user that the server runs as must be in the specified
|
||||
# system group otherwise this will fail to work.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# group = freerad
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Every entry in the detail file has a header which
|
||||
# is a timestamp. By default, we use the ctime
|
||||
# format (see "man ctime" for details).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The header can be customized by editing this
|
||||
# string. See "doc/variables.txt" for a description
|
||||
# of what can be put here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
header = "%t"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Uncomment this line if the detail file reader will be
|
||||
# reading this detail file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# locking = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Log the Packet src/dst IP/port. This is disabled by
|
||||
# default, as that information isn't used by many people.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# log_packet_header = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Certain attributes such as User-Password may be
|
||||
# "sensitive", so they should not be printed in the
|
||||
# detail file. This section lists the attributes
|
||||
# that should be suppressed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The attributes should be listed one to a line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#suppress {
|
||||
# User-Password
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Detail file writer, used in the following examples:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/robust-proxy-accounting
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/decoupled-accounting
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that this module can write detail files that are read by
|
||||
# only ONE "listen" section. If you use BOTH of the examples
|
||||
# above, you will need to define TWO "detail" modules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g. detail1.example.com && detail2.example.com
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We write *multiple* detail files here. They will be processed by
|
||||
# the detail "listen" section in the order that they were created.
|
||||
# The directory containing these files should NOT be used for any
|
||||
# other purposes. i.e. It should have NO other files in it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Writing multiple detail enables the server to process the pieces
|
||||
# in smaller chunks. This helps in certain catastrophic corner cases.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: af7e3452fdd49ed6a3cd379c2a4d90e17f34532f $
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail detail.example.com {
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/detail.example.com/detail-%Y%m%d:%H:%G
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: c36dce75c6d41b7470bd177a27ed96d3fe3dafe5 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# More examples of doing detail logs.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Many people want to log authentication requests.
|
||||
# Rather than modifying the server core to print out more
|
||||
# messages, we can use a different instance of the 'detail'
|
||||
# module, to log the authentication requests to a file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You will also need to un-comment the 'auth_log' line
|
||||
# in the 'authorize' section, below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail auth_log {
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/%{%{Packet-Src-IP-Address}:-%{Packet-Src-IPv6-Address}}/auth-detail-%Y%m%d
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This MUST be 0600, otherwise anyone can read
|
||||
# the users passwords!
|
||||
detailperm = 0600
|
||||
|
||||
# You may also strip out passwords completely
|
||||
suppress {
|
||||
User-Password
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module logs authentication reply packets sent
|
||||
# to a NAS. Both Access-Accept and Access-Reject packets
|
||||
# are logged.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You will also need to un-comment the 'reply_log' line
|
||||
# in the 'post-auth' section, below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail reply_log {
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/%{%{Packet-Src-IP-Address}:-%{Packet-Src-IPv6-Address}}/reply-detail-%Y%m%d
|
||||
|
||||
detailperm = 0600
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module logs packets proxied to a home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You will also need to un-comment the 'pre_proxy_log' line
|
||||
# in the 'pre-proxy' section, below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail pre_proxy_log {
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/%{%{Packet-Src-IP-Address}:-%{Packet-Src-IPv6-Address}}/pre-proxy-detail-%Y%m%d
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This MUST be 0600, otherwise anyone can read
|
||||
# the users passwords!
|
||||
detailperm = 0600
|
||||
|
||||
# You may also strip out passwords completely
|
||||
#suppress {
|
||||
# User-Password
|
||||
#}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module logs response packets from a home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You will also need to un-comment the 'post_proxy_log' line
|
||||
# in the 'post-proxy' section, below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail post_proxy_log {
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/%{%{Packet-Src-IP-Address}:-%{Packet-Src-IPv6-Address}}/post-proxy-detail-%Y%m%d
|
||||
|
||||
detailperm = 0600
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
## Configuration for DHCP to use SQL IP Pools.
|
||||
##
|
||||
## See sqlippool.conf for common configuration explanation
|
||||
##
|
||||
## $Id: 39358b222d016d62e5cf6e8c77fd214cc7614feb $
|
||||
|
||||
sqlippool dhcp_sqlippool {
|
||||
sql-instance-name = "sql"
|
||||
|
||||
ippool_table = "radippool"
|
||||
|
||||
lease-duration = 7200
|
||||
|
||||
# Client's MAC address is mapped to Calling-Station-Id in policy.conf
|
||||
pool-key = "%{Calling-Station-Id}"
|
||||
|
||||
# For now, it only works with MySQL.
|
||||
$INCLUDE ${confdir}/sql/mysql/ippool-dhcp.conf
|
||||
|
||||
sqlippool_log_exists = "DHCP: Existing IP: %{reply:Framed-IP-Address} (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} port %{NAS-Port} user %{User-Name})"
|
||||
|
||||
sqlippool_log_success = "DHCP: Allocated IP: %{reply:Framed-IP-Address} from %{control:Pool-Name} (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} port %{NAS-Port} user %{User-Name})"
|
||||
|
||||
sqlippool_log_clear = "DHCP: Released IP %{Framed-IP-Address} (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} user %{User-Name})"
|
||||
|
||||
sqlippool_log_failed = "DHCP: IP Allocation FAILED from %{control:Pool-Name} (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} port %{NAS-Port} user %{User-Name})"
|
||||
|
||||
sqlippool_log_nopool = "DHCP: No Pool-Name defined (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} port %{NAS-Port} user %{User-Name})"
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: f0aa9edf9da33d63fe03e7d1ed3cbca848eec54d $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The 'digest' module currently has no configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# "Digest" authentication against a Cisco SIP server.
|
||||
# See 'doc/rfc/draft-sterman-aaa-sip-00.txt' for details
|
||||
# on performing digest authentication for Cisco SIP servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
digest {
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: bf047be5c7b48f2f021981a6abf4199d888fc3ee $
|
||||
|
||||
# This module loads RADIUS clients as needed, rather than when the server
|
||||
# starts.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are no configuration entries for this module. Instead, it
|
||||
# relies on the "client" configuration. You must:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1) link raddb/sites-enabled/dyanmic_clients to
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/dyanmic_clients
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 2) Define a client network/mask (see top of the above file)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 3) uncomment the "directory" entry in that client definition
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 4) list "dynamic_clients" in the "authorize" section of the
|
||||
# "dynamic_clients' virtual server. The default example already
|
||||
# does this.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 5) put files into the above directory, one per IP.
|
||||
# e.g. file "192.168.1.1" should contain a normal client definition
|
||||
# for a client with IP address 192.168.1.1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For more documentation, see the file:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/dynamic-clients
|
||||
#
|
||||
dynamic_clients {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 0ca6bd8d27c25bf4f84fd27f97323b8961814d77 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a more general example of the execute module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This one is called "echo".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Attribute-Name = `%{echo:/path/to/program args}`
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you wish to execute an external program in more than
|
||||
# one section (e.g. 'authorize', 'pre_proxy', etc), then it
|
||||
# is probably best to define a different instance of the
|
||||
# 'exec' module for every section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The return value of the program run determines the result
|
||||
# of the exec instance call as follows:
|
||||
# (See doc/configurable_failover for details)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# < 0 : fail the module failed
|
||||
# = 0 : ok the module succeeded
|
||||
# = 1 : reject the module rejected the user
|
||||
# = 2 : fail the module failed
|
||||
# = 3 : ok the module succeeded
|
||||
# = 4 : handled the module has done everything to handle the request
|
||||
# = 5 : invalid the user's configuration entry was invalid
|
||||
# = 6 : userlock the user was locked out
|
||||
# = 7 : notfound the user was not found
|
||||
# = 8 : noop the module did nothing
|
||||
# = 9 : updated the module updated information in the request
|
||||
# > 9 : fail the module failed
|
||||
#
|
||||
exec echo {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wait for the program to finish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If we do NOT wait, then the program is "fire and
|
||||
# forget", and any output attributes from it are ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If we are looking for the program to output
|
||||
# attributes, and want to add those attributes to the
|
||||
# request, then we MUST wait for the program to
|
||||
# finish, and therefore set 'wait=yes'
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
wait = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The name of the program to execute, and it's
|
||||
# arguments. Dynamic translation is done on this
|
||||
# field, so things like the following example will
|
||||
# work.
|
||||
#
|
||||
program = "/bin/echo %{User-Name}"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The attributes which are placed into the
|
||||
# environment variables for the program.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# request attributes from the request
|
||||
# config attributes from the configuration items list
|
||||
# reply attributes from the reply
|
||||
# proxy-request attributes from the proxy request
|
||||
# proxy-reply attributes from the proxy reply
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that some attributes may not exist at some
|
||||
# stages. e.g. There may be no proxy-reply
|
||||
# attributes if this module is used in the
|
||||
# 'authorize' section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
input_pairs = request
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Where to place the output attributes (if any) from
|
||||
# the executed program. The values allowed, and the
|
||||
# restrictions as to availability, are the same as
|
||||
# for the input_pairs.
|
||||
#
|
||||
output_pairs = reply
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When to execute the program. If the packet
|
||||
# type does NOT match what's listed here, then
|
||||
# the module does NOT execute the program.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For a list of allowed packet types, see
|
||||
# the 'dictionary' file, and look for VALUEs
|
||||
# of the Packet-Type attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default, the module executes on ANY packet.
|
||||
# Un-comment out the following line to tell the
|
||||
# module to execute only if an Access-Accept is
|
||||
# being sent to the NAS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#packet_type = Access-Accept
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Should we escape the environment variables?
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this is set, all the RADIUS attributes
|
||||
# are capitalised and dashes replaced with
|
||||
# underscores. Also, RADIUS values are surrounded
|
||||
# with double-quotes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# That is to say: User-Name=BobUser => USER_NAME="BobUser"
|
||||
shell_escape = yes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# How long should we wait for the program to finish?
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Default is 10 seconds, which should be plenty for nearly
|
||||
# anything. Range is 1 to 30 seconds. You are strongly
|
||||
# encouraged to NOT increase this value. Decreasing can
|
||||
# be used to cause authentication to fail sooner when you
|
||||
# know it's going to fail anyway due to the time taken,
|
||||
# thereby saving resources.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#timeout = 10
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 614c52b82b3e12fab54313aecb5c1120559781f3 $
|
||||
|
||||
# "passwd" configuration, for the /etc/group file. Adds a Etc-Group-Name
|
||||
# attribute for every group that the user is member of.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You will have to define the Etc-Group-Name in the 'dictionary' file
|
||||
# as a 'string' type.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Group and Group-Name attributes are automatically created by
|
||||
# the Unix module, and do checking against /etc/group automatically.
|
||||
# This means that you CANNOT use Group or Group-Name to do any other
|
||||
# kind of grouping in the server. You MUST define a new group
|
||||
# attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# i.e. this module should NOT be used as-is, but should be edited to
|
||||
# point to a different group file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
passwd etc_group {
|
||||
filename = /etc/group
|
||||
format = "=Etc-Group-Name:::*,User-Name"
|
||||
hashsize = 50
|
||||
ignorenislike = yes
|
||||
allowmultiplekeys = yes
|
||||
delimiter = ":"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 5f21e4350f091ed51813865a31b2796c4b487f9f $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Execute external programs
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module is useful only for 'xlat'. To use it,
|
||||
# put 'exec' into the 'instantiate' section. You can then
|
||||
# do dynamic translation of attributes like:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Attribute-Name = `%{exec:/path/to/program args}`
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The value of the attribute will be replaced with the output
|
||||
# of the program which is executed. Due to RADIUS protocol
|
||||
# limitations, any output over 253 bytes will be ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The RADIUS attributes from the user request will be placed
|
||||
# into environment variables of the executed program, as
|
||||
# described in "man unlang" and in doc/variables.txt
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also "echo" for more sample configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
exec {
|
||||
wait = no
|
||||
input_pairs = request
|
||||
shell_escape = yes
|
||||
output = none
|
||||
timeout = 10
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 8bbd88973459d82f3967135c66a5b566fffc130a $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The expiration module. This handles the Expiration attribute
|
||||
# It should be included in the *end* of the authorize section
|
||||
# in order to handle user Expiration. It should also be included
|
||||
# in the instantiate section in order to register the Expiration
|
||||
# compare function
|
||||
#
|
||||
expiration {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Reply-Message which will be sent back in case the
|
||||
# account has expired. Dynamic substitution is supported
|
||||
#
|
||||
reply-message = "Password Has Expired\r\n"
|
||||
#reply-message = "Your account has expired, %{User-Name}\r\n"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 6caeb9bccb3310d76f0c527afa58d10432359ee5 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The 'expression' module currently has no configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module is useful only for 'xlat'. To use it,
|
||||
# put 'expr' into the 'instantiate' section. You can then
|
||||
# do dynamic translation of attributes like:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Attribute-Name = `%{expr:2 + 3 + %{exec: uid -u}}`
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The value of the attribute will be replaced with the output
|
||||
# of the program which is executed. Due to RADIUS protocol
|
||||
# limitations, any output over 253 bytes will be ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module also registers a few paircompare functions
|
||||
expr {
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: e0198d85b2d14fa7b75b0e8c1bf6427c4bd89058 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Livingston-style 'users' file
|
||||
#
|
||||
files {
|
||||
# The default key attribute to use for matches. The content
|
||||
# of this attribute is used to match the "name" of the
|
||||
# entry.
|
||||
#key = "%{%{Stripped-User-Name}:-%{User-Name}}"
|
||||
|
||||
usersfile = ${confdir}/users
|
||||
acctusersfile = ${confdir}/acct_users
|
||||
preproxy_usersfile = ${confdir}/preproxy_users
|
||||
|
||||
# If you want to use the old Cistron 'users' file
|
||||
# with FreeRADIUS, you should change the next line
|
||||
# to 'compat = cistron'. You can the copy your 'users'
|
||||
# file from Cistron.
|
||||
compat = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# An example which defines a second instance of the "files" module.
|
||||
# This instance is named "second_files". In order for it to be used
|
||||
# in a virtual server, it needs to be listed as "second_files"
|
||||
# inside of the "authorize" section (or other section). If you just
|
||||
# list "files", that will refer to the configuration defined above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# The two names here mean:
|
||||
# "files" - this is a configuration for the "rlm_files" module
|
||||
# "second_files" - this is a named configuration, which isn't
|
||||
# the default configuration.
|
||||
files second_files {
|
||||
#key = "%{%{Stripped-User-Name}:-%{User-Name}}"
|
||||
|
||||
# The names here don't matter. They just need to be different
|
||||
# from the names for the "files" configuration above. If they
|
||||
# are the same, then this configuration will end up being the
|
||||
# same as the one above.
|
||||
usersfile = ${confdir}/second_users
|
||||
acctusersfile = ${confdir}/second_acct_users
|
||||
preproxy_usersfile = ${confdir}/second_preproxy_users
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 0a26c9c1672823e46219d831e2be18890450c2a7 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Sample configuration for an EAP module that occurs *inside*
|
||||
# of a tunneled method. It is used to limit the EAP types that
|
||||
# can occur inside of the inner tunnel.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also raddb/sites-available/inner-tunnel
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To use this module, edit raddb/sites-available/inner-tunnel, and
|
||||
# replace the references to "eap" with "inner-eap".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See raddb/eap.conf for full documentation on the meaning of the
|
||||
# configuration entries here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
eap inner-eap {
|
||||
# This is the best choice for PEAP.
|
||||
default_eap_type = mschapv2
|
||||
timer_expire = 60
|
||||
|
||||
# This should be the same as the outer eap "max sessions"
|
||||
max_sessions = 2048
|
||||
|
||||
# Supported EAP-types
|
||||
md5 {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gtc {
|
||||
# The default challenge, which many clients
|
||||
# ignore..
|
||||
#challenge = "Password: "
|
||||
|
||||
auth_type = PAP
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mschapv2 {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# No TTLS or PEAP configuration should be listed here.
|
||||
|
||||
## EAP-TLS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You SHOULD use different certificates than are used
|
||||
# for the outer EAP configuration!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Support for PEAP/TLS and RFC 5176 TLS/TLS is experimental.
|
||||
#
|
||||
tls {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These is used to simplify later configurations.
|
||||
#
|
||||
certdir = ${confdir}/certs
|
||||
cadir = ${confdir}/certs
|
||||
|
||||
private_key_password = whatever
|
||||
private_key_file = ${certdir}/server.pem
|
||||
|
||||
# If Private key & Certificate are located in
|
||||
# the same file, then private_key_file &
|
||||
# certificate_file must contain the same file
|
||||
# name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If CA_file (below) is not used, then the
|
||||
# certificate_file below MUST include not
|
||||
# only the server certificate, but ALSO all
|
||||
# of the CA certificates used to sign the
|
||||
# server certificate.
|
||||
certificate_file = ${certdir}/server.pem
|
||||
|
||||
# Trusted Root CA list
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ALL of the CA's in this list will be trusted
|
||||
# to issue client certificates for authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In general, you should use self-signed
|
||||
# certificates for 802.1x (EAP) authentication.
|
||||
# In that case, this CA file should contain
|
||||
# *one* CA certificate.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This parameter is used only for EAP-TLS,
|
||||
# when you issue client certificates. If you do
|
||||
# not use client certificates, and you do not want
|
||||
# to permit EAP-TLS authentication, then delete
|
||||
# this configuration item.
|
||||
CA_file = ${cadir}/ca.pem
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For DH cipher suites to work, you have to
|
||||
# run OpenSSL to create the DH file first:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# openssl dhparam -out certs/dh 1024
|
||||
#
|
||||
dh_file = ${certdir}/dh
|
||||
random_file = ${certdir}/random
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This can never exceed the size of a RADIUS
|
||||
# packet (4096 bytes), and is preferably half
|
||||
# that, to accomodate other attributes in
|
||||
# RADIUS packet. On most APs the MAX packet
|
||||
# length is configured between 1500 - 1600
|
||||
# In these cases, fragment size should be
|
||||
# 1024 or less.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# fragment_size = 1024
|
||||
|
||||
# include_length is a flag which is
|
||||
# by default set to yes If set to
|
||||
# yes, Total Length of the message is
|
||||
# included in EVERY packet we send.
|
||||
# If set to no, Total Length of the
|
||||
# message is included ONLY in the
|
||||
# First packet of a fragment series.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# include_length = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# Check the Certificate Revocation List
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1) Copy CA certificates and CRLs to same directory.
|
||||
# 2) Execute 'c_rehash <CA certs&CRLs Directory>'.
|
||||
# 'c_rehash' is OpenSSL's command.
|
||||
# 3) uncomment the line below.
|
||||
# 5) Restart radiusd
|
||||
# check_crl = yes
|
||||
# CA_path = /path/to/directory/with/ca_certs/and/crls/
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check_cert_issuer is set, the value will
|
||||
# be checked against the DN of the issuer in
|
||||
# the client certificate. If the values do not
|
||||
# match, the cerficate verification will fail,
|
||||
# rejecting the user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# check_cert_issuer = "/C=GB/ST=Berkshire/L=Newbury/O=My Company Ltd"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If check_cert_cn is set, the value will
|
||||
# be xlat'ed and checked against the CN
|
||||
# in the client certificate. If the values
|
||||
# do not match, the certificate verification
|
||||
# will fail rejecting the user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This check is done only if the previous
|
||||
# "check_cert_issuer" is not set, or if
|
||||
# the check succeeds.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# check_cert_cn = %{User-Name}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Set this option to specify the allowed
|
||||
# TLS cipher suites. The format is listed
|
||||
# in "man 1 ciphers".
|
||||
cipher_list = "DEFAULT"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The session resumption / fast reauthentication
|
||||
# cache CANNOT be used for inner sessions.
|
||||
#
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 05561cf37fe71142adc97410daba3ae08a1cb68c $
|
||||
|
||||
# Do server side ip pool management. Should be added in
|
||||
# post-auth and accounting sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module also requires the existance of the Pool-Name
|
||||
# attribute. That way the administrator can add the Pool-Name
|
||||
# attribute in the user profiles and use different pools for
|
||||
# different users. The Pool-Name attribute is a *check* item
|
||||
# not a reply item.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Pool-Name should be set to the ippool module instance
|
||||
# name or to DEFAULT to match any module.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Example:
|
||||
# radiusd.conf: ippool students { [...] }
|
||||
# ippool teachers { [...] }
|
||||
# users file : DEFAULT Group == students, Pool-Name := "students"
|
||||
# DEFAULT Group == teachers, Pool-Name := "teachers"
|
||||
# DEFAULT Group == other, Pool-Name := "DEFAULT"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ********* IF YOU CHANGE THE RANGE PARAMETERS YOU MUST *********
|
||||
# ********* THEN ERASE THE DB FILES *********
|
||||
#
|
||||
ippool main_pool {
|
||||
|
||||
# range-start,range-stop:
|
||||
# The start and end ip addresses for this pool.
|
||||
range-start = 192.168.1.1
|
||||
range-stop = 192.168.3.254
|
||||
|
||||
# netmask:
|
||||
# The network mask used for this pool.
|
||||
netmask = 255.255.255.0
|
||||
|
||||
# cache-size:
|
||||
# The gdbm cache size for the db files. Should
|
||||
# be equal to the number of ip's available in
|
||||
# the ip pool
|
||||
cache-size = 800
|
||||
|
||||
# session-db:
|
||||
# The main db file used to allocate addresses.
|
||||
session-db = ${db_dir}/db.ippool
|
||||
|
||||
# ip-index:
|
||||
# Helper db index file used in multilink
|
||||
ip-index = ${db_dir}/db.ipindex
|
||||
|
||||
# override:
|
||||
# If set, the Framed-IP-Address already in the
|
||||
# reply (if any) will be discarded, and replaced
|
||||
# with a Framed-IP-Address assigned here.
|
||||
override = no
|
||||
|
||||
# maximum-timeout:
|
||||
# Specifies the maximum time in seconds that an
|
||||
# entry may be active. If set to zero, means
|
||||
# "no timeout". The default value is 0
|
||||
maximum-timeout = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# key:
|
||||
# The key to use for the session database (which
|
||||
# holds the allocated ip's) normally it should
|
||||
# just be the nas ip/port (which is the default).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If your NAS sends the same value of NAS-Port
|
||||
# all requests, the key should be based on some
|
||||
# other attribute that is in ALL requests, AND
|
||||
# is unique to each machine needing an IP address.
|
||||
#key = "%{NAS-IP-Address} %{NAS-Port}"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 81d1cf2cad2c5dd919acdc993f4484673d80121e $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kerberos. See doc/rlm_krb5 for minimal docs.
|
||||
#
|
||||
krb5 {
|
||||
keytab = /path/to/keytab
|
||||
service_principal = name_of_principle
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: d13892634e4a8458c942ce170f59f98521dce500 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module definition allows you to use LDAP for
|
||||
# authorization and authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See raddb/sites-available/default for reference to the
|
||||
# ldap module in the authorize and authenticate sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# However, LDAP can be used for authentication ONLY when the
|
||||
# Access-Request packet contains a clear-text User-Password
|
||||
# attribute. LDAP authentication will NOT work for any other
|
||||
# authentication method.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This means that LDAP servers don't understand EAP. If you
|
||||
# force "Auth-Type = LDAP", and then send the server a
|
||||
# request containing EAP authentication, then authentication
|
||||
# WILL NOT WORK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The solution is to use the default configuration, which does
|
||||
# work.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting "Auth-Type = LDAP" is ALMOST ALWAYS WRONG. We
|
||||
# really can't emphasize this enough.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ldap {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that this needs to match the name in the LDAP
|
||||
# server certificate, if you're using ldaps.
|
||||
server = "127.0.0.1"
|
||||
identity = "cn=Services,ou=roles,dc=binary-kitchen,dc=de"
|
||||
password = svcpwd
|
||||
basedn = "dc=binary-kitchen,dc=de"
|
||||
filter = "(uid=%{%{Stripped-User-Name}:-%{User-Name}})"
|
||||
#base_filter = "(objectclass=radiusprofile)"
|
||||
|
||||
# How many connections to keep open to the LDAP server.
|
||||
# This saves time over opening a new LDAP socket for
|
||||
# every authentication request.
|
||||
ldap_connections_number = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# How many times the connection can be used before
|
||||
# being re-established. This is useful for things
|
||||
# like load balancers, which may exhibit sticky
|
||||
# behaviour without it. (0) is unlimited.
|
||||
max_uses = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Port to connect on, defaults to 389. Setting this to
|
||||
# 636 will enable LDAPS if start_tls (see below) is not
|
||||
# able to be used.
|
||||
#port = 389
|
||||
|
||||
# seconds to wait for LDAP query to finish. default: 20
|
||||
timeout = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# seconds LDAP server has to process the query (server-side
|
||||
# time limit). default: 20
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT is set to this value.
|
||||
timelimit = 3
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# seconds to wait for response of the server. (network
|
||||
# failures) default: 10
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is set to this value.
|
||||
net_timeout = 1
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This subsection configures the tls related items
|
||||
# that control how FreeRADIUS connects to an LDAP
|
||||
# server. It contains all of the "tls_*" configuration
|
||||
# entries used in older versions of FreeRADIUS. Those
|
||||
# configuration entries can still be used, but we recommend
|
||||
# using these.
|
||||
#
|
||||
tls {
|
||||
# Set this to 'yes' to use TLS encrypted connections
|
||||
# to the LDAP database by using the StartTLS extended
|
||||
# operation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The StartTLS operation is supposed to be
|
||||
# used with normal ldap connections instead of
|
||||
# using ldaps (port 636) connections
|
||||
start_tls = no
|
||||
|
||||
# cacertfile = /path/to/cacert.pem
|
||||
# cacertdir = /path/to/ca/dir/
|
||||
# certfile = /path/to/radius.crt
|
||||
# keyfile = /path/to/radius.key
|
||||
# randfile = /path/to/rnd
|
||||
|
||||
# Certificate Verification requirements. Can be:
|
||||
# "never" (don't even bother trying)
|
||||
# "allow" (try, but don't fail if the cerificate
|
||||
# can't be verified)
|
||||
# "demand" (fail if the certificate doesn't verify.)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default is "allow"
|
||||
# require_cert = "demand"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# default_profile = "cn=radprofile,ou=dialup,o=My Org,c=UA"
|
||||
# profile_attribute = "radiusProfileDn"
|
||||
# access_attr = "dialupAccess"
|
||||
|
||||
# Mapping of RADIUS dictionary attributes to LDAP
|
||||
# directory attributes.
|
||||
dictionary_mapping = ${confdir}/ldap.attrmap
|
||||
|
||||
# Set password_attribute = nspmPassword to get the
|
||||
# user's password from a Novell eDirectory
|
||||
# backend. This will work ONLY IF FreeRADIUS has been
|
||||
# built with the --with-edir configure option.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also the following links:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://www.novell.com/coolsolutions/appnote/16745.html
|
||||
# https://secure-support.novell.com/KanisaPlatform/Publishing/558/3009668_f.SAL_Public.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Novell may require TLS encrypted sessions before returning
|
||||
# the user's password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# password_attribute = userPassword
|
||||
|
||||
# Un-comment the following to disable Novell
|
||||
# eDirectory account policy check and intruder
|
||||
# detection. This will work *only if* FreeRADIUS is
|
||||
# configured to build with --with-edir option.
|
||||
#
|
||||
edir_account_policy_check = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Group membership checking. Disabled by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# groupname_attribute = cn
|
||||
# groupmembership_filter = "(|(&(objectClass=GroupOfNames)(member=%{control:Ldap-UserDn}))(&(objectClass=GroupOfUniqueNames)(uniquemember=%{control:Ldap-UserDn})))"
|
||||
# groupmembership_attribute = radiusGroupName
|
||||
|
||||
# compare_check_items = yes
|
||||
# do_xlat = yes
|
||||
# access_attr_used_for_allow = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following two configuration items are for Active Directory
|
||||
# compatibility. If you see the helpful "operations error"
|
||||
# being returned to the LDAP module, uncomment the next
|
||||
# two lines.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# chase_referrals = yes
|
||||
# rebind = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default, if the packet contains a User-Password,
|
||||
# and no other module is configured to handle the
|
||||
# authentication, the LDAP module sets itself to do
|
||||
# LDAP bind for authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THIS WILL ONLY WORK FOR PAP AUTHENTICATION.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THIS WILL NOT WORK FOR CHAP, MS-CHAP, or 802.1x (EAP).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can disable this behavior by setting the following
|
||||
# configuration entry to "no".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
# set_auth_type = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# ldap_debug: debug flag for LDAP SDK
|
||||
# (see OpenLDAP documentation). Set this to enable
|
||||
# huge amounts of LDAP debugging on the screen.
|
||||
# You should only use this if you are an LDAP expert.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# default: 0x0000 (no debugging messages)
|
||||
# Example:(LDAP_DEBUG_FILTER+LDAP_DEBUG_CONNS)
|
||||
#ldap_debug = 0x0028
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Keepalive configuration. This MAY NOT be supported by your
|
||||
# LDAP library. If these configuration entries appear in the
|
||||
# output of "radiusd -X", then they are supported. Otherwise,
|
||||
# they are unsupported, and changing them will do nothing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
keepalive {
|
||||
# LDAP_OPT_X_KEEPALIVE_IDLE
|
||||
idle = 60
|
||||
|
||||
# LDAP_OPT_X_KEEPALIVE_PROBES
|
||||
probes = 3
|
||||
|
||||
# LDAP_OPT_X_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL
|
||||
interval = 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: a57741ac3fa5f884ed64d896da3807af5d2a6b99 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "linelog" module will log one line of text to a file.
|
||||
# Both the filename and the line of text are dynamically expanded.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We STRONGLY suggest that you do not use data from the
|
||||
# packet as part of the filename.
|
||||
#
|
||||
linelog {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The file where the logs will go.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the filename is "syslog", then the log messages will
|
||||
# go to syslog.
|
||||
filename = ${logdir}/linelog
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Unix-style permissions on the log file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Depending on format string, the log file may contain secret or
|
||||
# private information about users. Keep the file permissions as
|
||||
# restrictive as possible.
|
||||
permissions = 0600
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Unix group of the log file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The user that freeradius runs as must be in the specified
|
||||
# group, otherwise it will not be possible to set the group.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# group = freerad
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If logging via syslog, the facility can be set here. Otherwise
|
||||
# the syslog_facility option in radiusd.conf will be used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# syslog_facility = daemon
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default format string.
|
||||
format = "This is a log message for %{User-Name}"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This next line can be omitted. If it is omitted, then
|
||||
# the log message is static, and is always given by "format",
|
||||
# above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If it is defined, then the string is dynamically expanded,
|
||||
# and the result is used to find another configuration entry
|
||||
# here, with the given name. That name is then used as the
|
||||
# format string.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the configuration entry cannot be found, then no log
|
||||
# message is printed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# i.e. You can have many log messages in one "linelog" module.
|
||||
# If this two-step expansion did not exist, you would have
|
||||
# needed to configure one "linelog" module for each log message.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Reference the Packet-Type (Access-Request, etc.) If it doesn't
|
||||
# exist, reference the "format" entry, above.
|
||||
reference = "%{%{Packet-Type}:-format}"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Followed by a series of log messages.
|
||||
Access-Request = "Requested access: %{User-Name}"
|
||||
Access-Reject = "Rejected access: %{User-Name}"
|
||||
Access-Challenge = "Sent challenge: %{User-Name}"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The log messages can be grouped into sections and
|
||||
# sub-sections, too. The "reference" item needs to have a "."
|
||||
# for every section. e.g. reference = foo.bar will reference
|
||||
# the "foo" section, "bar" configuration item.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Used if: reference = "foo.bar".
|
||||
foo {
|
||||
bar = "Example log. Please ignore"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Another example:
|
||||
# reference = "Accounting-Request.%{%{Acct-Status-Type}:-unknown}"
|
||||
#
|
||||
Accounting-Request {
|
||||
Start = "Connect: [%{User-Name}] (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} port %{NAS-Port} ip %{Framed-IP-Address})"
|
||||
Stop = "Disconnect: [%{User-Name}] (did %{Called-Station-Id} cli %{Calling-Station-Id} port %{NAS-Port} ip %{Framed-IP-Address}) %{Acct-Session-Time} seconds"
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't log anything for these packets.
|
||||
Alive = ""
|
||||
|
||||
Accounting-On = "NAS %C (%{NAS-IP-Address}) just came online"
|
||||
Accounting-Off = "NAS %C (%{NAS-IP-Address}) just went offline"
|
||||
|
||||
# don't log anything for other Acct-Status-Types.
|
||||
unknown = ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 26691a93664c464f49394773e04d3b2ed565d142 $
|
||||
|
||||
# The logintime module. This handles the Login-Time,
|
||||
# Current-Time, and Time-Of-Day attributes. It should be
|
||||
# included in the *end* of the authorize section in order to
|
||||
# handle Login-Time checks. It should also be included in the
|
||||
# instantiate section in order to register the Current-Time
|
||||
# and Time-Of-Day comparison functions.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When the Login-Time attribute is set to some value, and the
|
||||
# user has bene permitted to log in, a Session-Timeout is
|
||||
# calculated based on the remaining time. See "doc/README".
|
||||
#
|
||||
logintime {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Reply-Message which will be sent back in case
|
||||
# the account is calling outside of the allowed
|
||||
# timespan. Dynamic substitution is supported.
|
||||
#
|
||||
reply-message = "You are calling outside your allowed timespan\r\n"
|
||||
#reply-message = "Outside allowed timespan (%{control:Login-Time}), %{User-Name}\r\n"
|
||||
|
||||
# The minimum timeout (in seconds) a user is allowed
|
||||
# to have. If the calculated timeout is lower we don't
|
||||
# allow the logon. Some NASes do not handle values
|
||||
# lower than 60 seconds well.
|
||||
minimum-timeout = 60
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 793d5690e1d4520bb3db1d9900d6be09da2587ae $
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This next section is a sample configuration for the "passwd"
|
||||
# module, that reads flat-text files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The file is in the format <mac>,<ip>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 00:01:02:03:04:05,192.168.1.100
|
||||
# 01:01:02:03:04:05,192.168.1.101
|
||||
# 02:01:02:03:04:05,192.168.1.102
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This lets you perform simple static IP assignments from a flat-text
|
||||
# file. You will have to define lease times yourself.
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
passwd mac2ip {
|
||||
filename = ${confdir}/mac2ip
|
||||
format = "*DHCP-Client-Hardware-Address:=DHCP-Your-IP-Address"
|
||||
delimiter = ","
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: bdfef238076bb1ea16c494bf6e22f1d2af848b62 $
|
||||
|
||||
# A simple file to map a MAC address to a VLAN.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The file should be in the format MAC,VLAN
|
||||
# the VLAN name cannot have spaces in it, for example:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 00:01:02:03:04:05,VLAN1
|
||||
# 03:04:05:06:07:08,VLAN2
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
#
|
||||
passwd mac2vlan {
|
||||
filename = ${confdir}/mac2vlan
|
||||
format = "*VMPS-Mac:=VMPS-VLAN-Name"
|
||||
delimiter = ","
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 9e016a09a158f55bbc9b48876f0cb2b776b4cd96 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Microsoft CHAP authentication
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module supports MS-CHAP and MS-CHAPv2 authentication.
|
||||
# It also enforces the SMB-Account-Ctrl attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
mschap {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are using /etc/smbpasswd, see the 'passwd'
|
||||
# module for an example of how to use /etc/smbpasswd
|
||||
|
||||
# if use_mppe is not set to no mschap will
|
||||
# add MS-CHAP-MPPE-Keys for MS-CHAPv1 and
|
||||
# MS-MPPE-Recv-Key/MS-MPPE-Send-Key for MS-CHAPv2
|
||||
#
|
||||
# use_mppe = no
|
||||
|
||||
# if mppe is enabled require_encryption makes
|
||||
# encryption moderate
|
||||
#
|
||||
# require_encryption = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# require_strong always requires 128 bit key
|
||||
# encryption
|
||||
#
|
||||
# require_strong = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# Windows sends us a username in the form of
|
||||
# DOMAIN\user, but sends the challenge response
|
||||
# based on only the user portion. This hack
|
||||
# corrects for that incorrect behavior.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# with_ntdomain_hack = no
|
||||
|
||||
# The module can perform authentication itself, OR
|
||||
# use a Windows Domain Controller. This configuration
|
||||
# directive tells the module to call the ntlm_auth
|
||||
# program, which will do the authentication, and return
|
||||
# the NT-Key. Note that you MUST have "winbindd" and
|
||||
# "nmbd" running on the local machine for ntlm_auth
|
||||
# to work. See the ntlm_auth program documentation
|
||||
# for details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If ntlm_auth is configured below, then the mschap
|
||||
# module will call ntlm_auth for every MS-CHAP
|
||||
# authentication request. If there is a cleartext
|
||||
# or NT hashed password available, you can set
|
||||
# "MS-CHAP-Use-NTLM-Auth := No" in the control items,
|
||||
# and the mschap module will do the authentication itself,
|
||||
# without calling ntlm_auth.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Be VERY careful when editing the following line!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can also try setting the user name as:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ... --username=%{mschap:User-Name} ...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In that case, the mschap module will look at the User-Name
|
||||
# attribute, and do prefix/suffix checks in order to obtain
|
||||
# the "best" user name for the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ntlm_auth = "/path/to/ntlm_auth --request-nt-key --username=%{%{Stripped-User-Name}:-%{%{User-Name}:-None}} --challenge=%{%{mschap:Challenge}:-00} --nt-response=%{%{mschap:NT-Response}:-00}"
|
||||
|
||||
# The default is to wait 10 seconds for ntlm_auth to
|
||||
# complete. This is a long time, and if it's taking that
|
||||
# long then you likely have other problems in your domain.
|
||||
# The length of time can be decreased with the following
|
||||
# option, which can save clients waiting if your ntlm_auth
|
||||
# usually finishes quicker. Range 1 to 10 seconds.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ntlm_auth_timeout = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# For Apple Server, when running on the same machine as
|
||||
# Open Directory. It has no effect on other systems.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# use_open_directory = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# On failure, set (or not) the MS-CHAP error code saying
|
||||
# "retries allowed".
|
||||
# allow_retry = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# An optional retry message.
|
||||
# retry_msg = "Re-enter (or reset) the password"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For testing ntlm_auth authentication with PAP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you have problems with authentication failing, even when the
|
||||
# password is good, it may be a bug in Samba:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6563
|
||||
#
|
||||
exec ntlm_auth {
|
||||
wait = yes
|
||||
program = "/path/to/ntlm_auth --request-nt-key --domain=MYDOMAIN --username=%{mschap:User-Name} --password=%{User-Password}"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 2a44ef695f4eaf6f1c461b3d92fda54e9b910f9e $
|
||||
|
||||
# This module is only used when the server is running on the same
|
||||
# system as OpenDirectory. The configuration of the module is hard-coded
|
||||
# by Apple, and cannot be changed here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are no configuration entries for this module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
opendirectory {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration for the OTP module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# This module allows you to use various handheld OTP tokens
|
||||
# for authentication (Auth-Type := otp). These tokens are
|
||||
# available from various vendors.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It works in conjunction with otpd, which implements token
|
||||
# management and OTP verification functions; and lsmd or gsmd,
|
||||
# which implements synchronous state management functions.
|
||||
# otpd, lsmd and gsmd are available from TRI-D Systems:
|
||||
# <http://www.tri-dsystems.com/>
|
||||
|
||||
# You must list this module in BOTH the authorize and authenticate
|
||||
# sections in order to use it.
|
||||
otp {
|
||||
# otpd rendezvous point.
|
||||
# (default: /var/run/otpd/socket)
|
||||
#otpd_rp = /var/run/otpd/socket
|
||||
|
||||
# Text to use for the challenge. The '%' character is
|
||||
# disallowed, except that you MUST have a single "%s"
|
||||
# sequence in the string; the challenge itself is
|
||||
# inserted there. (default "Challenge: %s\n Response: ")
|
||||
#challenge_prompt = "Challenge: %s\n Response: "
|
||||
|
||||
# Length of the challenge. Most tokens probably support a
|
||||
# max of 8 digits. (range: 5-32 digits, default 6)
|
||||
#challenge_length = 6
|
||||
|
||||
# Maximum time, in seconds, that a challenge is valid.
|
||||
# (The user must respond to a challenge within this time.)
|
||||
# It is also the minimal time between consecutive async mode
|
||||
# authentications, a necessary restriction due to an inherent
|
||||
# weakness of the RADIUS protocol which allows replay attacks.
|
||||
# (default: 30)
|
||||
#challenge_delay = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether or not to allow asynchronous ("pure" challenge/
|
||||
# response) mode authentication. Since sync mode is much more
|
||||
# usable, and all reasonable tokens support it, the typical
|
||||
# use of async mode is to allow resync of event based tokens.
|
||||
# But because of the vulnerability of async mode with some tokens,
|
||||
# you probably want to disable this and require that out-of-sync
|
||||
# users resync from specifically secured terminals.
|
||||
# See the otpd docs for more info.
|
||||
# (default: no)
|
||||
#allow_async = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether or not to allow synchronous mode authentication.
|
||||
# When using otpd with lsmd, it is *CRITICALLY IMPORTANT*
|
||||
# that if your OTP users can authenticate to multiple RADIUS
|
||||
# servers, this must be "yes" for the primary/default server,
|
||||
# and "no" for the others. This is because lsmd does not
|
||||
# share state information across multiple servers. Using "yes"
|
||||
# on all your RADIUS servers would allow replay attacks!
|
||||
# Also, for event based tokens, the user will be out of sync
|
||||
# on the "other" servers. In order to use "yes" on all your
|
||||
# servers, you must either use gsmd, which synchronizes state
|
||||
# globally, or implement your own state synchronization method.
|
||||
# (default: yes)
|
||||
#allow_sync = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# If both allow_async and allow_sync are "yes", a challenge is
|
||||
# always presented to the user. This is incompatible with NAS's
|
||||
# that can't present or don't handle Access-Challenge's, e.g.
|
||||
# PPTP servers. Even though a challenge is presented, the user
|
||||
# can still enter their synchronous passcode.
|
||||
|
||||
# The following are MPPE settings. Note that MS-CHAP (v1) is
|
||||
# strongly discouraged. All possible values are listed as
|
||||
# {value = meaning}. Default values are first.
|
||||
#mschapv2_mppe = {2 = required, 1 = optional, 0 = forbidden}
|
||||
#mschapv2_mppe_bits = {2 = 128, 1 = 128 or 40, 0 = 40}
|
||||
#mschap_mppe = {2 = required, 1 = optional, 0 = forbidden}
|
||||
#mschap_mppe_bits = {2 = 128}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: f4a91a948637bb2f42f613ed9faa6f9ae9ae6099 $
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Pluggable Authentication Modules
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For Linux, see:
|
||||
# http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/index.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WARNING: On many systems, the system PAM libraries have
|
||||
# memory leaks! We STRONGLY SUGGEST that you do not
|
||||
# use PAM for authentication, due to those memory leaks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
pam {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The name to use for PAM authentication.
|
||||
# PAM looks in /etc/pam.d/${pam_auth_name}
|
||||
# for it's configuration. See 'redhat/radiusd-pam'
|
||||
# for a sample PAM configuration file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that any Pam-Auth attribute set in the 'authorize'
|
||||
# section will over-ride this one.
|
||||
#
|
||||
pam_auth = radiusd
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 5c7d29d654bea9c076d6434f32795c2b2d002757 $
|
||||
|
||||
# PAP module to authenticate users based on their stored password
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Supports multiple encryption/hash schemes. See "man rlm_pap"
|
||||
# for details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "auto_header" configuration item can be set to "yes".
|
||||
# In this case, the module will look inside of the User-Password
|
||||
# attribute for the headers {crypt}, {clear}, etc., and will
|
||||
# automatically create the attribute on the right-hand side,
|
||||
# with the correct value. It will also automatically handle
|
||||
# Base-64 encoded data, hex strings, and binary data.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For instructions on creating the various types of passwords, see:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://www.openldap.org/faq/data/cache/347.html
|
||||
pap {
|
||||
auto_header = no
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: cc37ca0d7eaf9887720eccc2de0ecb75a51117c8 $
|
||||
|
||||
# passwd module allows to do authorization via any passwd-like
|
||||
# file and to extract any attributes from these files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the "smbpasswd" and "etc_group" files for more examples.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# parameters are:
|
||||
# filename - path to filename
|
||||
#
|
||||
# format - format for filename record. This parameters
|
||||
# correlates record in the passwd file and RADIUS
|
||||
# attributes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Field marked as '*' is a key field. That is, the parameter
|
||||
# with this name from the request is used to search for
|
||||
# the record from passwd file
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Attributes marked as '=' are added to reply_items instead
|
||||
# of default configure_itmes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Attributes marked as '~' are added to request_items
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Field marked as ',' may contain a comma separated list
|
||||
# of attributes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# hashsize - hashtable size. Setting it to 0 is no longer permitted
|
||||
# A future version of the server will have the module
|
||||
# automatically determine the hash size. Having it set
|
||||
# manually should not be necessary.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowmultiplekeys - if many records for a key are allowed
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ignorenislike - ignore NIS-related records
|
||||
#
|
||||
# delimiter - symbol to use as a field separator in passwd file,
|
||||
# for format ':' symbol is always used. '\0', '\n' are
|
||||
# not allowed
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# An example configuration for using /etc/passwd.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is an example which will NOT WORK if you have shadow passwords,
|
||||
# NIS, etc. The "unix" module is normally responsible for reading
|
||||
# system passwords. You should use it instead of this example.
|
||||
#
|
||||
passwd etc_passwd {
|
||||
filename = /etc/passwd
|
||||
format = "*User-Name:Crypt-Password:"
|
||||
hashsize = 100
|
||||
ignorenislike = no
|
||||
allowmultiplekeys = no
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 69ad3076119ec814518a6db45eec4bc41dc090f7 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Persistent, embedded Perl interpreter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
perl {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Perl script to execute on authorize, authenticate,
|
||||
# accounting, xlat, etc. This is very similar to using
|
||||
# 'rlm_exec' module, but it is persistent, and therefore
|
||||
# faster.
|
||||
#
|
||||
module = ${confdir}/example.pl
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following hashes are given to the module and
|
||||
# filled with value-pairs (Attribute names and values)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# %RAD_CHECK Check items
|
||||
# %RAD_REQUEST Attributes from the request
|
||||
# %RAD_REPLY Attributes for the reply
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The return codes from functions in the perl_script
|
||||
# are passed directly back to the server. These
|
||||
# codes are defined in doc/configurable_failover,
|
||||
# src/include/modules.h (RLM_MODULE_REJECT, etc),
|
||||
# and are pre-defined in the 'example.pl' program
|
||||
# which is included.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# List of functions in the module to call.
|
||||
# Uncomment and change if you want to use function
|
||||
# names other than the defaults.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#func_authenticate = authenticate
|
||||
#func_authorize = authorize
|
||||
#func_preacct = preacct
|
||||
#func_accounting = accounting
|
||||
#func_checksimul = checksimul
|
||||
#func_pre_proxy = pre_proxy
|
||||
#func_post_proxy = post_proxy
|
||||
#func_post_auth = post_auth
|
||||
#func_recv_coa = recv_coa
|
||||
#func_send_coa = send_coa
|
||||
#func_xlat = xlat
|
||||
#func_detach = detach
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Uncomment the following lines if you wish
|
||||
# to use separate functions for Start and Stop
|
||||
# accounting packets. In that case, the
|
||||
# func_accounting function is not called.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#func_start_accounting = accounting_start
|
||||
#func_stop_accounting = accounting_stop
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 9b1b111ce70dbfd4ce25cdd2774d5878dbea7023 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Module implementing a DIFFERENT policy language.
|
||||
# The syntax here is NOT "unlang", but something else.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the "raddb/policy.txt" file for documentation and examples.
|
||||
# There isn't much else in the way of documentation, sorry.
|
||||
#
|
||||
policy {
|
||||
# The only configuration item is a filename containing
|
||||
# the policies to execute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When "policy" is listed in a section (e.g. "authorize"),
|
||||
# it will run a policy named for that section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
filename = ${confdir}/policy.txt
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: e00aa85a9bd924b3a79c034f6f5d4d7d9a98c208 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Preprocess the incoming RADIUS request, before handing it off
|
||||
# to other modules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module processes the 'huntgroups' and 'hints' files.
|
||||
# In addition, it re-writes some weird attributes created
|
||||
# by some NASes, and converts the attributes into a form which
|
||||
# is a little more standard.
|
||||
#
|
||||
preprocess {
|
||||
huntgroups = ${confdir}/huntgroups
|
||||
hints = ${confdir}/hints
|
||||
|
||||
# This hack changes Ascend's wierd port numberings
|
||||
# to standard 0-??? port numbers so that the "+" works
|
||||
# for IP address assignments.
|
||||
with_ascend_hack = no
|
||||
ascend_channels_per_line = 23
|
||||
|
||||
# Windows NT machines often authenticate themselves as
|
||||
# NT_DOMAIN\username
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this is set to 'yes', then the NT_DOMAIN portion
|
||||
# of the user-name is silently discarded.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration entry SHOULD NOT be used.
|
||||
# See the "realms" module for a better way to handle
|
||||
# NT domains.
|
||||
with_ntdomain_hack = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Specialix Jetstream 8500 24 port access server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the user name is 10 characters or longer, a "/"
|
||||
# and the excess characters after the 10th are
|
||||
# appended to the user name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you're not running that NAS, you don't need
|
||||
# this hack.
|
||||
with_specialix_jetstream_hack = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Cisco (and Quintum in Cisco mode) sends it's VSA attributes
|
||||
# with the attribute name *again* in the string, like:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# H323-Attribute = "h323-attribute=value".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this configuration item is set to 'yes', then
|
||||
# the redundant data in the the attribute text is stripped
|
||||
# out. The result is:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# H323-Attribute = "value"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you're not running a Cisco or Quintum NAS, you don't
|
||||
# need this hack.
|
||||
with_cisco_vsa_hack = no
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: dede42698a19413b524a1a68b7ea312aa8a506aa $
|
||||
|
||||
# Write "detail" files which can be read by radrelay.
|
||||
# This module should be used only by a server which receives
|
||||
# Accounting-Request packets from the network.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It should NOT be used in the radrelay.conf file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Use it by adding "radrelay" to the "accounting" section:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# accounting {
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# radrelay
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
detail radrelay {
|
||||
detailfile = ${radacctdir}/detail
|
||||
|
||||
locking = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# The other directives from the main detail module
|
||||
# can be used here, but they're not required.
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 3ad88cde616ce041f0dcc87858950daafdd3d336 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Write a 'utmp' style file, of which users are currently
|
||||
# logged in, and where they've logged in from.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is used mainly for Simultaneous-Use checking,
|
||||
# and also 'radwho', to see who's currently logged in.
|
||||
#
|
||||
radutmp {
|
||||
# Where the file is stored. It's not a log file,
|
||||
# so it doesn't need rotating.
|
||||
#
|
||||
filename = ${logdir}/radutmp
|
||||
|
||||
# The field in the packet to key on for the
|
||||
# 'user' name, If you have other fields which you want
|
||||
# to use to key on to control Simultaneous-Use,
|
||||
# then you can use them here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note, however, that the size of the field in the
|
||||
# 'utmp' data structure is small, around 32
|
||||
# characters, so that will limit the possible choices
|
||||
# of keys.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You may want instead: %{Stripped-User-Name:-%{User-Name}}
|
||||
username = %{User-Name}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether or not we want to treat "user" the same
|
||||
# as "USER", or "User". Some systems have problems
|
||||
# with case sensitivity, so this should be set to
|
||||
# 'no' to enable the comparisons of the key attribute
|
||||
# to be case insensitive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
case_sensitive = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# Accounting information may be lost, so the user MAY
|
||||
# have logged off of the NAS, but we haven't noticed.
|
||||
# If so, we can verify this information with the NAS,
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If we want to believe the 'utmp' file, then this
|
||||
# configuration entry can be set to 'no'.
|
||||
#
|
||||
check_with_nas = yes
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the file permissions, as the contents of this file
|
||||
# are usually private.
|
||||
perm = 0600
|
||||
|
||||
callerid = "yes"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 95d9f2b98de1b33346c6129aa7e88a901248cd4d $
|
||||
|
||||
# Realm module, for proxying.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can have multiple instances of the realm module to
|
||||
# support multiple realm syntaxs at the same time. The
|
||||
# search order is defined by the order that the modules are listed
|
||||
# in the authorize and preacct sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Four config options:
|
||||
# format - must be "prefix" or "suffix"
|
||||
# The special cases of "DEFAULT"
|
||||
# and "NULL" are allowed, too.
|
||||
# delimiter - must be a single character
|
||||
|
||||
# 'realm/username'
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Using this entry, IPASS users have their realm set to "IPASS".
|
||||
realm IPASS {
|
||||
format = prefix
|
||||
delimiter = "/"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# 'username@realm'
|
||||
#
|
||||
realm suffix {
|
||||
format = suffix
|
||||
delimiter = "@"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# 'username%realm'
|
||||
#
|
||||
realm realmpercent {
|
||||
format = suffix
|
||||
delimiter = "%"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 'domain\user'
|
||||
#
|
||||
realm ntdomain {
|
||||
format = prefix
|
||||
delimiter = "\\"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: d7605d9888607aa6451ab24450cebfd7bc9d4437 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the "redis" module. This module does nothing
|
||||
# Other than provide connections to a redis database, and a %{redis: ...}
|
||||
# expansion.
|
||||
#
|
||||
redis {
|
||||
# Host where the redis server is located.
|
||||
# We recommend using ONLY 127.0.0.1 !
|
||||
hostname = 127.0.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
# The default port.
|
||||
port = 6379
|
||||
|
||||
# The password used to authenticate to the server.
|
||||
# We recommend using a strong password.
|
||||
# password = thisisreallysecretandhardtoguess
|
||||
|
||||
# The number of connections to open to the database.
|
||||
num_connections = 20
|
||||
|
||||
# If a connection fails, retry after this time.
|
||||
connect_failure_retry_delay = 60
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the maximum lifetime for one connection.
|
||||
# Use 0 for "lives forever"
|
||||
lifetime = 86400
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the maximum queries used for one connection.
|
||||
# Use 0 for "no limit"
|
||||
max_queries = 0
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: e16550c9991a5e76a77f349cfa5b82d5163f172e $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the "rediswho" module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
rediswho {
|
||||
# How many sessions to keep track of per user.
|
||||
# If there are more than this number, older sessions are deleted.
|
||||
trim-count = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# Expiry time in seconds. Any sessions which have not received
|
||||
# an update in this time will be automatically expired.
|
||||
expire-time = 86400
|
||||
|
||||
start-insert = "LPUSH %{User-Name} %l,%{Acct-Session-Id},%{NAS-IP-Address},%{Acct-Session-Time},%{Framed-IP-Address},%{%{Acct-Input-Gigawords}:-0},%{%{Acct-Output-Gigawords}:-0},%{%{Acct-Input-Octets}:-0},%{%{Acct-Output-Octets}:-0}"
|
||||
start-trim = "LTRIM %{User-Name} 0 ${trim-count}"
|
||||
start-expire = "EXPIRE %{User-Name} ${expire-time}"
|
||||
|
||||
alive-insert = "LPUSH %{User-Name} %l,%{Acct-Session-Id},%{NAS-IP-Address},%{Acct-Session-Time},%{Framed-IP-Address},%{%{Acct-Input-Gigawords}:-0},%{%{Acct-Output-Gigawords}:-0},%{%{Acct-Input-Octets}:-0},%{%{Acct-Output-Octets}:-0}"
|
||||
alive-trim = "LTRIM %{User-Name} 0 ${trim-count}"
|
||||
alive-expire = "EXPIRE %{User-Name} ${expire-time}"
|
||||
|
||||
stop-insert = "LPUSH %{User-Name} %l,%{Acct-Session-Id},%{NAS-IP-Address},%{Acct-Session-Time},%{Framed-IP-Address},%{%{Acct-Input-Gigawords}:-0},%{%{Acct-Output-Gigawords}:-0},%{%{Acct-Input-Octets}:-0},%{%{Acct-Output-Octets}:-0}"
|
||||
stop-trim = "LTRIM %{User-Name} 0 ${trim-count}"
|
||||
stop-expire = "EXPIRE %{User-Name} ${expire-time}"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Replicate packet(s) to a home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module will open a new socket for each packet, and "clone"
|
||||
# the incoming packet to the destination realm (i.e. home server).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Use it by setting "Replicate-To-Realm = name" in the control list,
|
||||
# just like Proxy-To-Realm. The configurations for the two attributes
|
||||
# are identical. The realm must exist, the home_server_pool must exist,
|
||||
# and the home_server must exist.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The only difference is that the "replicate" module sends requests
|
||||
# and does not expect a reply. Any reply is ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Both Replicate-To-Realm and Proxy-To-Realm can be used at the same time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To use this module, list "replicate" in the "authorize" or
|
||||
# "accounting" section. Then, ensure that Replicate-To-Realm is set.
|
||||
# The contents of the "packet" attribute list will be sent to the
|
||||
# home server. The usual load-balancing, etc. features of the home
|
||||
# server will be used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# "radmin" can be used to mark home servers alive/dead, in order to
|
||||
# enable/disable replication to specific servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Packets can be replicated to multiple destinations. Just set
|
||||
# Replicate-To-Realm multiple times. One packet will be sent for
|
||||
# each of the Replicate-To-Realm attribute in the "control" list.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no packets are sent, the module returns "noop". If at least one
|
||||
# packet is sent, the module returns "ok". If an error occurs, the
|
||||
# module returns "fail"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that replication does NOT change any of the packet statistics.
|
||||
# If you use "radmin" to look at the statistics for a home server,
|
||||
# the replicated packets will cause NO counters to increment. This
|
||||
# is not a bug, this is how replication works.
|
||||
#
|
||||
replicate {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 74e64047302d7d8f575672617e8a213aaf5a32d3 $
|
||||
|
||||
# An example configuration for using /etc/smbpasswd.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the "passwd" file for documentation on the configuration items
|
||||
# for this module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
passwd smbpasswd {
|
||||
filename = /etc/smbpasswd
|
||||
format = "*User-Name::LM-Password:NT-Password:SMB-Account-CTRL-TEXT::"
|
||||
hashsize = 100
|
||||
ignorenislike = no
|
||||
allowmultiplekeys = no
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 0a339b4a1b9f1eafeb05992f2643497e802e2a49 $
|
||||
|
||||
# SMS One-time Password system.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module will extend FreeRadius with a socks interface to create and
|
||||
# validate One-Time-Passwords. The program for that creates the socket
|
||||
# and interacts with this module is not included here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module does not check the User-Password, this should be done with
|
||||
# the "pap" module. See the example below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The module must be used in the "authorize" section to set
|
||||
# Auth-Type properly. The first time through, the module is called
|
||||
# in the "authenticate" section to authenticate the user password, and
|
||||
# to send the challenge. The second time through, it authenticates
|
||||
# the response to the challenge. e.g.:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# authorize {
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# smsotp
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# authenticate {
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# Auth-Type smsotp {
|
||||
# pap
|
||||
# smsotp
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Auth-Type smsotp-reply {
|
||||
# smsotp
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
smsotp {
|
||||
# The location of the socket.
|
||||
socket = "/var/run/smsotp_socket"
|
||||
|
||||
# Defines the challenge message that will be send to the
|
||||
# NAS. Default is "Enter Mobile PIN" }
|
||||
challenge_message = "Enter Mobile PIN:"
|
||||
|
||||
# Defines the Auth-Type section that is run for the response to
|
||||
# the challenge. Default is "smsotp-reply".
|
||||
challenge_type = "smsotp-reply"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SoH module
|
||||
soh {
|
||||
dhcp = yes
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 3e6bf2104f74ffad8866eb69459a94f623601130 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The rlm_sql_log module appends the SQL queries in a log
|
||||
# file which is read later by the radsqlrelay program.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module only performs the dynamic expansion of the
|
||||
# variables found in the SQL statements. No operation is
|
||||
# executed on the database server. (this could be done
|
||||
# later by an external program) That means the module is
|
||||
# useful only with non-"SELECT" statements.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See rlm_sql_log(5) manpage.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This same functionality could also be implemented by logging
|
||||
# to a "detail" file, reading that, and then writing to SQL.
|
||||
# See raddb/sites-available/buffered-sql for an example.
|
||||
#
|
||||
sql_log {
|
||||
path = "${radacctdir}/sql-relay"
|
||||
acct_table = "radacct"
|
||||
postauth_table = "radpostauth"
|
||||
sql_user_name = "%{%{User-Name}:-DEFAULT}"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this to "yes" will allow UTF-8 characters to be
|
||||
# written to the log file. Otherwise, they are escaped
|
||||
# as being potentially invalid.
|
||||
#
|
||||
utf8 = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The names here are taken from the Acct-Status-Type names.
|
||||
# Just add another entry here for Accounting-On,
|
||||
# Accounting-Off, etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
Start = "INSERT INTO ${acct_table} (AcctSessionId, UserName, \
|
||||
NASIPAddress, FramedIPAddress, AcctStartTime, AcctStopTime, \
|
||||
AcctSessionTime, AcctTerminateCause) VALUES \
|
||||
('%{Acct-Session-Id}', '%{User-Name}', '%{NAS-IP-Address}', \
|
||||
'%{Framed-IP-Address}', '%S', '0', '0', '');"
|
||||
|
||||
Stop = "INSERT INTO ${acct_table} (AcctSessionId, UserName, \
|
||||
NASIPAddress, FramedIPAddress, AcctStartTime, AcctStopTime, \
|
||||
AcctSessionTime, AcctTerminateCause) VALUES \
|
||||
('%{Acct-Session-Id}', '%{User-Name}', '%{NAS-IP-Address}', \
|
||||
'%{Framed-IP-Address}', '0', '%S', '%{Acct-Session-Time}', \
|
||||
'%{Acct-Terminate-Cause}');"
|
||||
|
||||
Alive = "INSERT INTO ${acct_table} (AcctSessionId, UserName, \
|
||||
NASIPAddress, FramedIPAddress, AcctStartTime, AcctStopTime, \
|
||||
AcctSessionTime, AcctTerminateCause) VALUES \
|
||||
('%{Acct-Session-Id}', '%{User-Name}', '%{NAS-IP-Address}', \
|
||||
'%{Framed-IP-Address}', '0', '0', '%{Acct-Session-Time}','');"
|
||||
|
||||
# The same as "Alive"
|
||||
Interim-Update = "INSERT INTO ${acct_table} (AcctSessionId, UserName, \
|
||||
NASIPAddress, FramedIPAddress, AcctStartTime, AcctStopTime, \
|
||||
AcctSessionTime, AcctTerminateCause) VALUES \
|
||||
('%{Acct-Session-Id}', '%{User-Name}', '%{NAS-IP-Address}', \
|
||||
'%{Framed-IP-Address}', '0', '0', '%{Acct-Session-Time}','');"
|
||||
|
||||
Post-Auth = "INSERT INTO ${postauth_table} \
|
||||
(username, pass, reply, authdate) VALUES \
|
||||
('%{User-Name}', '%{User-Password:-Chap-Password}', \
|
||||
'%{reply:Packet-Type}', '%S');"
|
||||
|
||||
Accounting-On = "UPDATE ${acct_table} \
|
||||
SET \
|
||||
acctstoptime = '%S', \
|
||||
acctsessiontime = unix_timestamp('%S') - \
|
||||
unix_timestamp(acctstarttime), \
|
||||
acctterminatecause = '%{Acct-Terminate-Cause}', \
|
||||
acctstopdelay = %{%{Acct-Delay-Time}:-0} \
|
||||
WHERE acctstoptime IS NULL \
|
||||
AND nasipaddress = '%{NAS-IP-Address}' \
|
||||
AND acctstarttime <= '%S'""
|
||||
|
||||
Accounting-Off = "UPDATE ${acct_table} \
|
||||
SET \
|
||||
acctstoptime = '%S', \
|
||||
acctsessiontime = unix_timestamp('%S') - \
|
||||
unix_timestamp(acctstarttime), \
|
||||
acctterminatecause = '%{Acct-Terminate-Cause}', \
|
||||
acctstopdelay = %{%{Acct-Delay-Time}:-0} \
|
||||
WHERE acctstoptime IS NULL \
|
||||
AND nasipaddress = '%{NAS-IP-Address}' \
|
||||
AND acctstarttime <= '%S'""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: c950169307009b088b2c31274f496ffe38e8a793 $
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Set an account to expire T seconds after first login.
|
||||
# Requires the Expire-After attribute to be set, in seconds.
|
||||
# You may need to edit raddb/dictionary to add the Expire-After
|
||||
# attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This example is for MySQL. Other SQL variants should be similar.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For versions prior to 2.1.11, this module defined the following
|
||||
# expansion strings:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# %k key_name
|
||||
# %S sqlmod_inst
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These SHOULD NOT be used. If these are used in your configuration,
|
||||
# they should be replaced by the following strings, which will work
|
||||
# identically to the previous ones:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# %k ${key}
|
||||
# %S ${sqlmod-inst}
|
||||
#
|
||||
sqlcounter expire_on_login {
|
||||
counter-name = Expire-After-Initial-Login
|
||||
check-name = Expire-After
|
||||
sqlmod-inst = sql
|
||||
key = User-Name
|
||||
reset = never
|
||||
query = "SELECT TIME_TO_SEC(TIMEDIFF(NOW(), acctstarttime)) \
|
||||
FROM radacct \
|
||||
WHERE UserName='%{${key}}' \
|
||||
ORDER BY acctstarttime \
|
||||
LIMIT 1;"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: a7700bac6aaa93940c784f1b6df08b61eb77a1a3 $
|
||||
|
||||
# "Safe" radutmp - does not contain caller ID, so it can be
|
||||
# world-readable, and radwho can work for normal users, without
|
||||
# exposing any information that isn't already exposed by who(1).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is another 'instance' of the radutmp module, but it is given
|
||||
# then name "sradutmp" to identify it later in the "accounting"
|
||||
# section.
|
||||
radutmp sradutmp {
|
||||
filename = ${logdir}/sradutmp
|
||||
perm = 0644
|
||||
callerid = "no"
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 5165139aaf39d533581161871542b48a6e3e8c42 $
|
||||
|
||||
# Unix /etc/passwd style authentication
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module calls the system functions to get the "known good"
|
||||
# password. This password is usually in the "crypt" form, and is
|
||||
# incompatible with CHAP, MS-CHAP, PEAP, etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If passwords are in /etc/shadow, you will need to set the "group"
|
||||
# configuration in radiusd.conf. Look for "shadow", and follow the
|
||||
# instructions there.
|
||||
#
|
||||
unix {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The location of the "wtmp" file.
|
||||
# The only use for 'radlast'. If you don't use
|
||||
# 'radlast', then you can comment out this item.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that the radwtmp file may get large! You should
|
||||
# rotate it (cp /dev/null radwtmp), or just not use it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
radwtmp = ${logdir}/radwtmp
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The WiMAX module currently takes no configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It should be listed in the "authorize" and "preacct" sections.
|
||||
# This enables the module to fix the horrible binary version
|
||||
# of Calling-Station-Id to the normal format, as specified in
|
||||
# RFC 3580, Section 3.21.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In order to calculate the various WiMAX keys, the module should
|
||||
# be listed in the "post-auth" section. If EAP authentication
|
||||
# has been used, AND the EAP method derives MSK and EMSK, then
|
||||
# the various WiMAX keys can be calculated.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Some useful things to remember:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WiMAX-MSK = EAP MSK, but is 64 octets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MIP-RK-1 = HMAC-SHA256(ESMK, "miprk@wimaxforum.org" | 0x00020001)
|
||||
# MIP-RK-2 = HMAC-SHA256(ESMK, MIP-RK-1 | "miprk@wimaxforum.org" | 0x00020002)
|
||||
# MIP-RK = MIP-RK-1 | MIP-RK-2
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MIP-SPI = first 4 octets of HMAC-SHA256(MIP-RK, "SPI CMIP PMIP")
|
||||
# plus some magic... you've got to track *all* MIP-SPI's
|
||||
# on your system!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SPI-CMIP4 = MIP-SPI
|
||||
# SPI-PMIP4 = MIP-SPI + 1
|
||||
# SPI-CMIP6 = MIP-SPI + 2
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MN-NAI is the Mobile node NAI. You have to create it, and put
|
||||
# it into the request or reply as something like:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WiMAX-MN-NAI = "%{User-Name}"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You will also have to have the appropriate IP address (v4 or v6)
|
||||
# in order to calculate the keys below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Lifetimes are derived from Session-Timeout. It needs to be set
|
||||
# to some useful number.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The hash function below H() is HMAC-SHA1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MN-HA-CMIP4 = H(MIP-RK, "CMIP4 MN HA" | HA-IPv4 | MN-NAI)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Where HA-IPv4 is WiMAX-hHA-IP-MIP4
|
||||
# or maybe WiMAX-vHA-IP-MIP4
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Which goes into WiMAX-MN-hHA-MIP4-Key
|
||||
# or maybe WiMAX-RRQ-MN-HA-Key
|
||||
# or maybe even WiMAX-vHA-MIP4-Key
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The corresponding SPI is SPI-CMIP4, which is MIP-SPI,
|
||||
#
|
||||
# which goes into WiMAX-MN-hHA-MIP4-SPI
|
||||
# or maybe WiMAX-RRQ-MN-HA-SPI
|
||||
# or even WiMAX-MN-vHA-MIP4-SPI
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MN-HA-PMIP4 = H(MIP-RK, "PMIP4 MN HA" | HA-IPv4 | MN-NAI)
|
||||
# MN-HA-CMIP6 = H(MIP-RK, "CMIP6 MN HA" | HA-IPv6 | MN-NAI)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# both with similar comments to above for MN-HA-CMIP4.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In order to tell which one to use (CMIP4, PMIP4, or CMIP6),
|
||||
# you have to set WiMAX-IP-Technology in the reply to one of
|
||||
# the appropriate values.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FA-RK = H(MIP-RK, "FA-RK")
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MN-FA = H(FA-RK, "MN FA" | FA-IP | MN-NAI)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Where does the FA-IP come from? No idea...
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The next two keys (HA-RK and FA-HA) are not generated
|
||||
# for every authentication request, but only on demand.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# HA-RK = 160-bit random number assigned by the AAA server
|
||||
# to a specific HA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FA-HA = H(HA-RK, "FA-HA" | HA-IPv4 | FA-CoAv4 | SPI)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# where HA-IPv4 is as above.
|
||||
# and FA-CoAv4 address of the FA as seen by the HA
|
||||
# and SPI is the relevant SPI for the HA-RK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DHCP-RK = 160-bit random number assigned by the AAA server
|
||||
# to a specific DHCP server. vDHCP-RK is the same
|
||||
# thing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
wimax {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Some WiMAX equipement requires that the MS-MPPE-*-Key
|
||||
# attributes are sent in the Access-Accept, in addition to
|
||||
# the WiMAX-MSK attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Other WiMAX equipment request that the MS-MPPE-*-Key
|
||||
# attributes are NOT sent in the Access-Accept.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default, the EAP modules sends MS-MPPE-*-Key attributes.
|
||||
# The default virtual server (raddb/sites-available/default)
|
||||
# contains examples of adding the WiMAX-MSK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration option makes the WiMAX module delete
|
||||
# the MS-MPPE-*-Key attributes. The default is to leave
|
||||
# them in place.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the keys are deleted (by setting this to "yes"), then
|
||||
# the WiMAX-MSK attribute is automatically added to the reply.
|
||||
delete_mppe_keys = no
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## policy.conf -- FreeRADIUS server configuration file.
|
||||
##
|
||||
## http://www.freeradius.org/
|
||||
## $Id: e8a85759279dae0e6e7bd340f53c0adcbc128bf9 $
|
||||
##
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Policies are virtual modules, similar to those defined in the
|
||||
# "instantate" section of radiusd.conf.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Defining a policy here means that it can be referenced in multiple
|
||||
# places as a *name*, rather than as a series of conditions to match,
|
||||
# and actions to take.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Policies are something like subroutines in a normal language, but
|
||||
# they cannot be called recursively. They MUST be defined in order.
|
||||
# If policy A calls policy B, then B MUST be defined before A.
|
||||
#
|
||||
policy {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Forbid all EAP types.
|
||||
#
|
||||
forbid_eap {
|
||||
if (EAP-Message) {
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Forbid all non-EAP types outside of an EAP tunnel.
|
||||
#
|
||||
permit_only_eap {
|
||||
if (!EAP-Message) {
|
||||
# We MAY be inside of a TTLS tunnel.
|
||||
# PEAP and EAP-FAST require EAP inside of
|
||||
# the tunnel, so this check is OK.
|
||||
# If so, then there MUST be an outer EAP message.
|
||||
if (!"%{outer.request:EAP-Message}") {
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Forbid all attempts to login via realms.
|
||||
#
|
||||
deny_realms {
|
||||
if (User-Name =~ /@|\\/) {
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want the server to pretend that it is dead,
|
||||
# then use the "do_not_respond" policy.
|
||||
#
|
||||
do_not_respond {
|
||||
update control {
|
||||
Response-Packet-Type := Do-Not-Respond
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
handled
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Force some sanity on User-Name. This helps to avoid issues
|
||||
# issues where the back-end database is "forgiving" about
|
||||
# what constitutes a user name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
filter_username {
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# reject mixed case
|
||||
# e.g. "UseRNaMe"
|
||||
#
|
||||
#if (User-Name != "%{tolower:%{User-Name}}") {
|
||||
# reject
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# reject all whitespace
|
||||
# e.g. "user@ site.com", or "us er", or " user", or "user "
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (User-Name =~ / /) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Reply-Message += "Rejected: Username contains whitespace"
|
||||
}
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# reject Multiple @'s
|
||||
# e.g. "user@site.com@site.com"
|
||||
#
|
||||
if(User-Name =~ /@.*@/ ) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Reply-Message += "Rejected: Multiple @ in username"
|
||||
}
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# reject double dots
|
||||
# e.g. "user@site..com"
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (User-Name =~ /\\.\\./ ) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Reply-Message += "Rejected: Username comtains ..s"
|
||||
}
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# must have at least 1 string-dot-string after @
|
||||
# e.g. "user@site.com"
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (User-Name !~ /@(.+)\\.(.+)$/) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Reply-Message += "Rejected: Realm does not have at least one dot seperator"
|
||||
}
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Realm ends with a dot
|
||||
# e.g. "user@site.com."
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (User-Name =~ /\\.$/) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Reply-Message += "Rejected: Realm ends with a dot"
|
||||
}
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Realm begins with a dot
|
||||
# e.g. "user@.site.com"
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (User-Name =~ /@\\./) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Reply-Message += "Rejected: Realm begins with a dot"
|
||||
}
|
||||
reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following policies are for the Chargeable-User-Identity
|
||||
# (CUI) configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The client indicates it can do CUI by sending a CUI attribute
|
||||
# containing one zero byte
|
||||
#
|
||||
cui_authorize {
|
||||
update request {
|
||||
Chargeable-User-Identity:='\\000'
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Add a CUI attribute based on the User-Name, and a secret key
|
||||
# known only to this server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cui_postauth {
|
||||
if (FreeRadius-Proxied-To == 127.0.0.1) {
|
||||
if (outer.request:Chargeable-User-Identity) {
|
||||
update outer.reply {
|
||||
Chargeable-User-Identity:="%{md5:%{config:cui_hash_key}%{User-Name}}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (Chargeable-User-Identity) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
Chargeable-User-Identity="%{md5:%{config:cui_hash_key}%{User-Name}}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If there is a CUI attribute in the reply, add it to the DB.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cui_updatedb {
|
||||
if (reply:Chargeable-User-Identity) {
|
||||
cui
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If we had stored a CUI for the User, add it to the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cui_accounting {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the CUI isn't in the packet, see if we can find it
|
||||
# in the DB.
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (!Chargeable-User-Identity) {
|
||||
update request {
|
||||
Chargeable-User-Identity := "%{cui: SELECT cui FROM cui WHERE clientipaddress = '%{Client-IP-Address}' AND callingstationid = '%{Calling-Station-Id}' AND username = '%{User-Name}'}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If it exists now, then write out when we last saw
|
||||
# this CUI.
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (Chargeable-User-Identity && (Chargeable-User-Identity != "")) {
|
||||
cui
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Normalize the MAC Addresses in the Calling/Called-Station-Id
|
||||
#
|
||||
mac-addr = ([0-9a-f]{2})[^0-9a-f]?([0-9a-f]{2})[^0-9a-f]?([0-9a-f]{2})[^0-9a-f]?([0-9a-f]{2})[^0-9a-f]?([0-9a-f]{2})[^0-9a-f]?([0-9a-f]{2})
|
||||
|
||||
# Add "rewrite.called_station_id" in the "authorize" and "preacct"
|
||||
# sections.
|
||||
rewrite.called_station_id {
|
||||
if((Called-Station-Id) && "%{Called-Station-Id}" =~ /^%{config:policy.mac-addr}(:(.+))?$/i) {
|
||||
update request {
|
||||
Called-Station-Id := "%{tolower:%{1}-%{2}-%{3}-%{4}-%{5}-%{6}}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# SSID component?
|
||||
if ("%{8}") {
|
||||
update request {
|
||||
Called-Station-Id := "%{Called-Station-Id}:%{8}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
updated
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
noop
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Add "rewrite.calling_station_id" in the "authorize" and "preacct"
|
||||
# sections.
|
||||
rewrite.calling_station_id {
|
||||
if((Calling-Station-Id) && "%{Calling-Station-Id}" =~ /^%{config:policy.mac-addr}$/i) {
|
||||
update request {
|
||||
Calling-Station-Id := "%{tolower:%{1}-%{2}-%{3}-%{4}-%{5}-%{6}}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
updated
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
noop
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Assign compatibility data to request for sqlippool
|
||||
dhcp_sqlippool.post-auth {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Do some minor hacks to the request so that it looks
|
||||
# like a RADIUS request to the SQL IP Pool module.
|
||||
update request {
|
||||
User-Name = "DHCP-%{DHCP-Client-Hardware-Address}"
|
||||
Calling-Station-Id = "%{DHCP-Client-Hardware-Address}"
|
||||
NAS-IP-Address = "%{%{DHCP-Gateway-IP-Address}:-127.0.0.1}"
|
||||
Acct-Status-Type = Start
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Call the actual module
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Uncomment this in order to really call it!
|
||||
# dhcp_sqlippool
|
||||
fail
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert Framed-IP-Address to DHCP, but only if we
|
||||
# actually allocated an address.
|
||||
if (ok) {
|
||||
update reply {
|
||||
DHCP-Your-IP-Address = "%{reply:Framed-IP-Address}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration file for the rlm_files module.
|
||||
# Please see rlm_files(5) manpage for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 0f5d15ad8b2e96a4d65808ac949793aab5c1c639 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is similar to the "users" file. The check items
|
||||
# are compared against the request, but the "reply" items are
|
||||
# used to update the proxied packet, not the reply to the NAS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can use this file to re-write requests which are about to
|
||||
# be sent to a home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Requests destinated to realm "extisp" are sent to a RADIUS
|
||||
# home server hosted by an other company which doesn't know about
|
||||
# the IP addresses of our NASes. Therefore we replace the value of
|
||||
# the NAS-IP-Address attribute by a unique value we communicated
|
||||
# to them.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Realm == "extisp"
|
||||
# NAS-IP-Address := 10.1.2.3
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For all proxied packets, set the User-Name in the proxied packet
|
||||
# to the Stripped-User-Name, if it exists. If not, set it to the
|
||||
# User-Name from the original request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT
|
||||
# User-Name := `%{Stripped-User-Name:-%{User-Name}}`
|
@ -1,759 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## proxy.conf -- proxy radius and realm configuration directives
|
||||
##
|
||||
## $Id: 413fc1438f266669a8e8913307f465da190c1ce8 $
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Proxy server configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This entry controls the servers behaviour towards ALL other servers
|
||||
# to which it sends proxy requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
proxy server {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that as of 2.0, the "synchronous", "retry_delay",
|
||||
# "retry_count", and "dead_time" have all been deprecated.
|
||||
# For backwards compatibility, they are are still accepted
|
||||
# by the server, but they ONLY apply to the old-style realm
|
||||
# configuration. i.e. realms with "authhost" and/or "accthost"
|
||||
# entries.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# i.e. "retry_delay" and "retry_count" have been replaced
|
||||
# with per-home-server configuration. See the "home_server"
|
||||
# example below for details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# i.e. "dead_time" has been replaced with a per-home-server
|
||||
# "revive_interval". We strongly recommend that this not
|
||||
# be used, however. The new method is much better.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In 2.0, the server is always "synchronous", and setting
|
||||
# "synchronous = no" is impossible. This simplifies the
|
||||
# server and increases the stability of the network.
|
||||
# However, it means that the server (i.e. proxy) NEVER
|
||||
# originates packets. It proxies packets ONLY when it receives
|
||||
# a packet or a re-transmission from the NAS. If the NAS never
|
||||
# re-transmits, the proxy never re-transmits, either. This can
|
||||
# affect fail-over, where a packet does *not* fail over to a
|
||||
# second home server.. because the NAS never retransmits the
|
||||
# packet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you need to set "synchronous = no", please send a
|
||||
# message to the list <freeradius-users@lists.freeradius.org>
|
||||
# explaining why this feature is vital for your network.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If a realm exists, but there are no live home servers for
|
||||
# it, we can fall back to using the "DEFAULT" realm. This is
|
||||
# most useful for accounting, where the server can proxy
|
||||
# accounting requests to home servers, but if they're down,
|
||||
# use a DEFAULT realm that is LOCAL (i.e. accthost = LOCAL),
|
||||
# and then store the packets in the "detail" file. That data
|
||||
# can be later proxied to the home servers by radrelay, when
|
||||
# those home servers come back up again.
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting this to "yes" may have issues for authentication.
|
||||
# i.e. If you are proxying for two different ISP's, and then
|
||||
# act as a general dial-up for Gric. If one of the first two
|
||||
# ISP's has their RADIUS server go down, you do NOT want to
|
||||
# proxy those requests to GRIC. Instead, you probably want
|
||||
# to just drop the requests on the floor. In that case, set
|
||||
# this value to 'no'.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {yes, no}
|
||||
#
|
||||
default_fallback = no
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configuration for the proxy realms.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0. the old-style "realms" file is deprecated, and is not
|
||||
# used by FreeRADIUS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0, the "realm" configuration has changed. Instead of
|
||||
# specifying "authhost" and "accthost" in a realm section, the home
|
||||
# servers are specified seperately in a "home_server" section. For
|
||||
# backwards compatibility, you can still use the "authhost" and
|
||||
# "accthost" directives. If you only have one home server for a
|
||||
# realm, it is easier to use the old-style configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# However, if you have multiple servers for a realm, we STRONGLY
|
||||
# suggest moving to the new-style configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Load-balancing and failover between home servers is handled via
|
||||
# a "home_server_pool" section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Finally, The "realm" section defines the realm, some options, and
|
||||
# indicates which server pool should be used for the realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This change means that simple configurations now require multiple
|
||||
# sections to define a realm. However, complex configurations
|
||||
# are much simpler than before, as multiple realms can share the same
|
||||
# server pool.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# That is, realms point to server pools, and server pools point to
|
||||
# home servers. Multiple realms can point to one server pool. One
|
||||
# server pool can point to multiple home servers. Each home server
|
||||
# can appear in one or more pools.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section defines a "Home Server" which is another RADIUS
|
||||
# server that gets sent proxied requests. In earlier versions
|
||||
# of FreeRADIUS, home servers were defined in "realm" sections,
|
||||
# which was awkward. In 2.0, they have been made independent
|
||||
# from realms, which is better for a number of reasons.
|
||||
#
|
||||
home_server localhost {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Home servers can be sent Access-Request packets
|
||||
# or Accounting-Request packets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# auth - Handles Access-Request packets
|
||||
# acct - Handles Accounting-Request packets
|
||||
# auth+acct - Handles Access-Request packets at "port",
|
||||
# and Accounting-Request packets at "port + 1"
|
||||
# coa - Handles CoA-Request and Disconnect-Request packets.
|
||||
# See also raddb/sites-available/originate-coa
|
||||
type = auth
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configure ONE OF the following entries:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IPv4 address
|
||||
#
|
||||
ipaddr = 127.0.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
# OR IPv6 address
|
||||
# ipv6addr = ::1
|
||||
|
||||
# OR virtual server
|
||||
# virtual_server = foo
|
||||
|
||||
# Note that while both ipaddr and ipv6addr will accept
|
||||
# both addresses and host names, we do NOT recommend
|
||||
# using host names. When you specify a host name, the
|
||||
# server has to do a DNS lookup to find the IP address
|
||||
# of the home server. If the DNS server is slow or
|
||||
# unresponsive, it means that FreeRADIUS will NOT be
|
||||
# able to determine the address, and will therefore NOT
|
||||
# start.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Also, the mapping of host name to address is done ONCE
|
||||
# when the server starts. If DNS is later updated to
|
||||
# change the address, FreeRADIUS will NOT discover that
|
||||
# until after a re-start, or a HUP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you specify a virtual_server here, then requests
|
||||
# will be proxied internally to that virtual server.
|
||||
# These requests CANNOT be proxied again, however. The
|
||||
# intent is to have the local server handle packets
|
||||
# when all home servers are dead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Requests proxied to a virtual server will be passed
|
||||
# through the pre-proxy and post-proxy sections, just
|
||||
# like any other request. See also the sample "realm"
|
||||
# configuration, below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# None of the rest of the home_server configuration is used
|
||||
# for the "virtual_server" configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The port to which packets are sent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Usually 1812 for type "auth", and 1813 for type "acct".
|
||||
# Older servers may use 1645 and 1646.
|
||||
# Use 3799 for type "coa"
|
||||
#
|
||||
port = 1812
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The shared secret use to "encrypt" and "sign" packets between
|
||||
# FreeRADIUS and the home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The secret can be any string, up to 8k characters in length.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Control codes can be entered vi octal encoding,
|
||||
# e.g. "\101\102" == "AB"
|
||||
# Quotation marks can be entered by escaping them,
|
||||
# e.g. "foo\"bar"
|
||||
# Spaces or other "special" characters can be entered
|
||||
# by putting quotes around the string.
|
||||
# e.g. "foo bar"
|
||||
# "foo;bar"
|
||||
#
|
||||
secret = testing123
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The rest of the configuration items listed here are optional,
|
||||
# and do not have to appear in every home server definition.
|
||||
#
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can optionally specify the source IP address used when
|
||||
# proxying requests to this home server. When the src_ipaddr
|
||||
# it set, the server will automatically create a proxy
|
||||
# listener for that IP address.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you specify this field for one home server, you will
|
||||
# likely need to specify it for ALL home servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you don't care about the source IP address, leave this
|
||||
# entry commented.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# src_ipaddr = 127.0.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
# RFC 5080 suggests that all clients SHOULD include it in an
|
||||
# Access-Request. The configuration item below tells the
|
||||
# proxying server (i.e. this one) whether or not the home
|
||||
# server requires a Message-Authenticator attribute. If it
|
||||
# is required (value set to "yes"), then all Access-Request
|
||||
# packets sent to that home server will have a
|
||||
# Message-Authenticator attribute.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We STRONGLY recommend that this flag be set to "yes"
|
||||
# for ALL home servers. Doing so will have no performance
|
||||
# impact on the proxy or on the home servers. It will,
|
||||
# however, allow administrators to detect problems earlier.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: yes, no
|
||||
require_message_authenticator = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the home server does not respond to a request within
|
||||
# this time, this server will initiate "zombie_period".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The response window is large because responses MAY be slow,
|
||||
# especially when proxying across the Internet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 5 to 60
|
||||
response_window = 20
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want the old behavior of the server rejecting
|
||||
# proxied requests after "response_window" timeout, set
|
||||
# the following configuration item to "yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration WILL be removed in a future release
|
||||
# If you believe you need it, email the freeradius-users
|
||||
# list, and explain why it should stay in the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# no_response_fail = no
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the home server does not respond to ANY packets during
|
||||
# the "zombie period", it will be considered to be dead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A home server that is marked "zombie" will be used for
|
||||
# proxying as a low priority. If there are live servers,
|
||||
# they will always be preferred to a zombie. Requests will
|
||||
# be proxied to a zombie server ONLY when there are no
|
||||
# live servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Any request that is proxied to a home server will continue
|
||||
# to be sent to that home server until the home server is
|
||||
# marked dead. At that point, it will fail over to another
|
||||
# server, if a live server is available. If none is available,
|
||||
# then the "post-proxy-type fail" handler will be called.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If "status_check" below is something other than "none", then
|
||||
# the server will start sending status checks at the start of
|
||||
# the zombie period. It will continue sending status checks
|
||||
# until the home server is marked "alive".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 20 to 120
|
||||
zombie_period = 40
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0, FreeRADIUS supports RADIUS layer "status
|
||||
# checks". These are used by a proxy server to see if a home
|
||||
# server is alive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These status packets are sent ONLY if the proxying server
|
||||
# believes that the home server is dead. They are NOT sent
|
||||
# if the proxying server believes that the home server is
|
||||
# alive. They are NOT sent if the proxying server is not
|
||||
# proxying packets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the home server responds to the status check packet,
|
||||
# then it is marked alive again, and is returned to use.
|
||||
#
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Some home servers do not support status checks via the
|
||||
# Status-Server packet. Others may not have a "test" user
|
||||
# configured that can be used to query the server, to see if
|
||||
# it is alive. For those servers, we have NO WAY of knowing
|
||||
# when it becomes alive again. Therefore, after the server
|
||||
# has been marked dead, we wait a period of time, and mark
|
||||
# it alive again, in the hope that it has come back to
|
||||
# life.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If it has NOT come back to life, then FreeRADIUS will wait
|
||||
# for "zombie_period" before marking it dead again. During
|
||||
# the "zombie_period", ALL AUTHENTICATIONS WILL FAIL, because
|
||||
# the home server is still dead. There is NOTHING that can
|
||||
# be done about this, other than to enable the status checks,
|
||||
# as documented below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g. if "zombie_period" is 40 seconds, and "revive_interval"
|
||||
# is 300 seconds, the for 40 seconds out of every 340, or about
|
||||
# 10% of the time, all authentications will fail.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the "zombie_period" and "revive_interval" configurations
|
||||
# are set smaller, than it is possible for up to 50% of
|
||||
# authentications to fail.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As a result, we recommend enabling status checks, and
|
||||
# we do NOT recommend using "revive_interval".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "revive_interval" is used ONLY if the "status_check"
|
||||
# entry below is "none". Otherwise, it will not be used,
|
||||
# and should be deleted.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 60 to 3600
|
||||
revive_interval = 120
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The proxying server (i.e. this one) can do periodic status
|
||||
# checks to see if a dead home server has come back alive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If set to "none", then the other configuration items listed
|
||||
# below are not used, and the "revive_interval" time is used
|
||||
# instead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If set to "status-server", the Status-Server packets are
|
||||
# sent. Many RADIUS servers support Status-Server. If a
|
||||
# server does not support it, please contact the server
|
||||
# vendor and request that they add it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If set to "request", then Access-Request, or Accounting-Request
|
||||
# packets are sent, depending on the "type" entry above (auth/acct).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allowed values: none, status-server, request
|
||||
status_check = status-server
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the home server does not support Status-Server packets,
|
||||
# then the server can still send Access-Request or
|
||||
# Accounting-Request packets, with a pre-defined user name.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This practice is NOT recommended, as it may potentially let
|
||||
# users gain network access by using these "test" accounts!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If it is used, we recommend that the home server ALWAYS
|
||||
# respond to these Access-Request status checks with
|
||||
# Access-Reject. The status check just needs an answer, it
|
||||
# does not need an Access-Accept.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For Accounting-Request status checks, only the username
|
||||
# needs to be set. The rest of the accounting attribute are
|
||||
# set to default values. The home server that receives these
|
||||
# accounting packets SHOULD NOT treat them like normal user
|
||||
# accounting packets. i.e It should probably NOT log them to
|
||||
# a database.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# username = "test_user_please_reject_me"
|
||||
# password = "this is really secret"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configure the interval between sending status check packets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting it too low increases the probability of spurious
|
||||
# fail-over and fallback attempts.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 6 to 120
|
||||
check_interval = 30
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Configure the number of status checks in a row that the
|
||||
# home server needs to respond to before it is marked alive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to mark a home server as alive after a short
|
||||
# time period of being responsive, it is best to use a small
|
||||
# "check_interval", and a large value for
|
||||
# "num_answers_to_alive". Using a long "check_interval" and
|
||||
# a small number for "num_answers_to_alive" increases the
|
||||
# probability of spurious fail-over and fallback attempts.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 3 to 10
|
||||
num_answers_to_alive = 3
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Limit the total number of outstanding packets to the home
|
||||
# server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# if ((#request sent) - (#requests received)) > max_outstanding
|
||||
# then stop sending more packets to the home server
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This lets us gracefully fall over when the home server
|
||||
# is overloaded.
|
||||
max_outstanding = 65536
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The configuration items in the next sub-section are used ONLY
|
||||
# when "type = coa". It is ignored for all other type of home
|
||||
# servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See RFC 5080 for the definitions of the following terms.
|
||||
# RAND is a function (internal to FreeRADIUS) returning
|
||||
# random numbers between -0.1 and +0.1
|
||||
#
|
||||
# First Re-transmit occurs after:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RT = IRT + RAND*IRT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Subsequent Re-transmits occur after:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RT = 2 * RTprev + RAND * RTprev
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Re-trasnmits are capped at:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# if (MRT && (RT > MRT)) RT = MRT + RAND * MRT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For a maximum number of attempts: MRC
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For a maximum (total) period of time: MRD.
|
||||
#
|
||||
coa {
|
||||
# Initial retransmit interval: 1..5
|
||||
irt = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Maximum Retransmit Timeout: 1..30 (0 == no maximum)
|
||||
mrt = 16
|
||||
|
||||
# Maximum Retransmit Count: 1..20 (0 == retransmit forever)
|
||||
mrc = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# Maximum Retransmit Duration: 5..60
|
||||
mrd = 30
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Sample virtual home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
#home_server virtual.example.com {
|
||||
# virtual_server = virtual.example.com
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section defines a pool of home servers that is used
|
||||
# for fail-over and load-balancing. In earlier versions of
|
||||
# FreeRADIUS, fail-over and load-balancing were defined per-realm.
|
||||
# As a result, if a server had 5 home servers, each of which served
|
||||
# the same 10 realms, you would need 50 "realm" entries.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In version 2.0, you would need 5 "home_server" sections,
|
||||
# 10 'realm" sections, and one "home_server_pool" section to tie the
|
||||
# two together.
|
||||
#
|
||||
home_server_pool my_auth_failover {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The type of this pool controls how home servers are chosen.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# fail-over - the request is sent to the first live
|
||||
# home server in the list. i.e. If the first home server
|
||||
# is marked "dead", the second one is chosen, etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# load-balance - the least busy home server is chosen,
|
||||
# where "least busy" is counted by taking the number of
|
||||
# requests sent to that home server, and subtracting the
|
||||
# number of responses received from that home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If there are two or more servers with the same low
|
||||
# load, then one of those servers is chosen at random.
|
||||
# This configuration is most similar to the old
|
||||
# "round-robin" method, though it is not exactly the same.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that load balancing does not work well with EAP,
|
||||
# as EAP requires packets for an EAP conversation to be
|
||||
# sent to the same home server. The load balancing method
|
||||
# does not keep state in between packets, meaning that
|
||||
# EAP packets for the same conversation may be sent to
|
||||
# different home servers. This will prevent EAP from
|
||||
# working.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For non-EAP authentication methods, and for accounting
|
||||
# packets, we recommend using "load-balance". It will
|
||||
# ensure the highest availability for your network.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# client-balance - the home server is chosen by hashing the
|
||||
# source IP address of the packet. If that home server
|
||||
# is down, the next one in the list is used, just as
|
||||
# with "fail-over".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There is no way of predicting which source IP will map
|
||||
# to which home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This configuration is most useful to do simple load
|
||||
# balancing for EAP sessions, as the EAP session will
|
||||
# always be sent to the same home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# client-port-balance - the home server is chosen by hashing
|
||||
# the source IP address and source port of the packet.
|
||||
# If that home server is down, the next one in the list
|
||||
# is used, just as with "fail-over".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This method provides slightly better load balancing
|
||||
# for EAP sessions than "client-balance". However, it
|
||||
# also means that authentication and accounting packets
|
||||
# for the same session MAY go to different home servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# keyed-balance - the home server is chosen by hashing (FNV)
|
||||
# the contents of the Load-Balance-Key attribute from the
|
||||
# control items. The request is then sent to home server
|
||||
# chosen by taking:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# server = (hash % num_servers_in_pool).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If there is no Load-Balance-Key in the control items,
|
||||
# the load balancing method is identical to "load-balance".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For most non-EAP authentication methods, The User-Name
|
||||
# attribute provides a good key. An "unlang" policy can
|
||||
# be used to copy the User-Name to the Load-Balance-Key
|
||||
# attribute. This method may not work for EAP sessions,
|
||||
# as the User-Name outside of the TLS tunnel is often
|
||||
# static, e.g. "anonymous@realm".
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default type is fail-over.
|
||||
type = fail-over
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A virtual_server may be specified here. If so, the
|
||||
# "pre-proxy" and "post-proxy" sections are called when
|
||||
# the request is proxied, and when a response is received.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This lets you have one policy for all requests that are proxied
|
||||
# to a home server. This policy is completely independent of
|
||||
# any policies used to receive, or process the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#virtual_server = pre_post_proxy_for_pool
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Next, a list of one or more home servers. The names
|
||||
# of the home servers are NOT the hostnames, but the names
|
||||
# of the sections. (e.g. home_server foo {...} has name "foo".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that ALL home servers listed here have to be of the same
|
||||
# type. i.e. they all have to be "auth", or they all have to
|
||||
# be "acct", or the all have to be "auth+acct".
|
||||
#
|
||||
home_server = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional home servers can be listed.
|
||||
# There is NO LIMIT to the number of home servers that can
|
||||
# be listed, though using more than 10 or so will become
|
||||
# difficult to manage.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# home_server = foo.example.com
|
||||
# home_server = bar.example.com
|
||||
# home_server = baz.example.com
|
||||
# home_server = ...
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If ALL home servers are dead, then this "fallback" home server
|
||||
# is used. If set, it takes precedence over any realm-based
|
||||
# fallback, such as the DEFAULT realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For reasons of stability, this home server SHOULD be a virtual
|
||||
# server. Otherwise, the fallback may itself be dead!
|
||||
#
|
||||
#fallback = virtual.example.com
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section defines a new-style "realm". Note the in version 2.0,
|
||||
# there are many fewer configuration items than in 1.x for a realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Automatic proxying is done via the "realms" module (see "man
|
||||
# rlm_realm"). To manually proxy the request put this entry in the
|
||||
# "users" file:
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
#DEFAULT Proxy-To-Realm := "realm_name"
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
realm example.com {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Realms point to pools of home servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For authentication, the "auth_pool" configuration item
|
||||
# should point to a "home_server_pool" that was previously
|
||||
# defined. All of the home servers in the "auth_pool" must
|
||||
# be of type "auth".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For accounting, the "acct_pool" configuration item
|
||||
# should point to a "home_server_pool" that was previously
|
||||
# defined. All of the home servers in the "acct_pool" must
|
||||
# be of type "acct".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you have a "home_server_pool" where all of the home servers
|
||||
# are of type "auth+acct", you can just use the "pool"
|
||||
# configuration item, instead of specifying both "auth_pool"
|
||||
# and "acct_pool".
|
||||
|
||||
auth_pool = my_auth_failover
|
||||
# acct_pool = acct
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Normally, when an incoming User-Name is matched against the
|
||||
# realm, the realm name is "stripped" off, and the "stripped"
|
||||
# user name is used to perform matches.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g. User-Name = "bob@example.com" will result in two new
|
||||
# attributes being created by the "realms" module:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Stripped-User-Name = "bob"
|
||||
# Realm = "example.com"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The Stripped-User-Name is then used as a key in the "users"
|
||||
# file, for example.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you do not want this to happen, uncomment "nostrip" below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# nostrip
|
||||
|
||||
# There are no more configuration entries for a realm.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a sample entry for iPass.
|
||||
# Note that you have to define "ipass_auth_pool" and
|
||||
# "ipass_acct_pool", along with home_servers for them, too.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#realm IPASS {
|
||||
# nostrip
|
||||
#
|
||||
# auth_pool = ipass_auth_pool
|
||||
# acct_pool = ipass_acct_pool
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This realm is used mainly to cancel proxying. You can have
|
||||
# the "realm suffix" module configured to proxy all requests for
|
||||
# a realm, and then later cancel the proxying, based on other
|
||||
# configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For example, you want to terminate PEAP or EAP-TTLS locally,
|
||||
# you can add the following to the "users" file:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DEFAULT EAP-Type == PEAP, Proxy-To-Realm := LOCAL
|
||||
#
|
||||
realm LOCAL {
|
||||
# If we do not specify a server pool, the realm is LOCAL, and
|
||||
# requests are not proxied to it.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This realm is for requests which don't have an explicit realm
|
||||
# prefix or suffix. User names like "bob" will match this one.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#realm NULL {
|
||||
# authhost = radius.company.com:1600
|
||||
# accthost = radius.company.com:1601
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This realm is for ALL OTHER requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#realm DEFAULT {
|
||||
# authhost = radius.company.com:1600
|
||||
# accthost = radius.company.com:1601
|
||||
# secret = testing123
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# This realm "proxies" requests internally to a virtual server.
|
||||
# The pre-proxy and post-proxy sections are run just as with any
|
||||
# other kind of home server. The virtual server then receives
|
||||
# the request, and replies, just as with any other packet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Once proxied internally like this, the request CANNOT be proxied
|
||||
# internally or externally.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#realm virtual.example.com {
|
||||
# virtual_server = virtual.example.com
|
||||
#}
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Regular expressions may also be used as realm names. If these are used,
|
||||
# then the "find matching realm" process is as follows:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1) Look for a non-regex realm with an *exact* match for the name.
|
||||
# If found, it is used in preference to any regex matching realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 2) Look for a regex realm, in the order that they are listed
|
||||
# in the configuration files. Any regex match is performed in
|
||||
# a case-insensitive fashion.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 3) If no realm is found, return the DEFAULT realm, if any.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The order of the realms matters in step (2). For example, defining
|
||||
# two realms ".*\.example.net$" and ".*\.test\.example\.net$" will result in
|
||||
# the second realm NEVER matching. This is because all of the realms
|
||||
# which match the second regex also match the first one. Since the
|
||||
# first regex matches, it is returned.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The solution is to list the realms in the opposite order,. e.g.
|
||||
# ".*\.test\.example.net$", followed by ".*\.example\.net$".
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Some helpful rules:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - always place a '~' character at the start of the realm name.
|
||||
# This signifies that it is a regex match, and not an exact match
|
||||
# for the realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - place the regex in double quotes. This helps the configuration
|
||||
# file parser ignore any "special" characters in the regex.
|
||||
# Yes, this rule is different than the normal "unlang" rules for
|
||||
# regular expressions. That may be fixed in a future release.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - use two back-slashes '\\' whenever you need one backslash in the
|
||||
# regex. e.g. "~.*\\.example\\.net$", and not "~\.example\.net$".
|
||||
# This is because the regex is in a double-quoted string, and normal
|
||||
# rules apply for double-quoted strings.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - If you are matching domain names, use two backslashes in front of
|
||||
# every '.' (dot or period). This is because '.' has special meaning
|
||||
# in a regular expression: match any character. If you do not do this,
|
||||
# then "~.*.example.net$" will match "fooXexampleYnet", which is likely
|
||||
# not what you want
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - If you are matching domain names, put a '$' at the end of the regex
|
||||
# that matches the domain name. This tells the regex matching code
|
||||
# that the realm ENDS with the domain name, so it does not match
|
||||
# realms with the domain name in the middle. e.g. "~.*\\.example\\.net"
|
||||
# will match "test.example.netFOO", which is likely not what you want.
|
||||
# Using "~(.*\\.)example\\.net$" is better.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The more regex realms that are defined, the more time it takes to
|
||||
# process them. You should define as few regex realms as possible
|
||||
# in order to maximize server performance.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#realm "~(.*\\.)*example\\.net$" {
|
||||
# auth_pool = my_auth_failover
|
||||
#}
|
@ -1,865 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## radiusd.conf -- FreeRADIUS server configuration file.
|
||||
##
|
||||
## http://www.freeradius.org/
|
||||
## $Id: 201b70b31b5bb4c2ef98c102690daa3462d5e1e3 $
|
||||
##
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Read "man radiusd" before editing this file. See the section
|
||||
# titled DEBUGGING. It outlines a method where you can quickly
|
||||
# obtain the configuration you want, without running into
|
||||
# trouble.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Run the server in debugging mode, and READ the output.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $ radiusd -X
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We cannot emphasize this point strongly enough. The vast
|
||||
# majority of problems can be solved by carefully reading the
|
||||
# debugging output, which includes warnings about common issues,
|
||||
# and suggestions for how they may be fixed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There may be a lot of output, but look carefully for words like:
|
||||
# "warning", "error", "reject", or "failure". The messages there
|
||||
# will usually be enough to guide you to a solution.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are going to ask a question on the mailing list, then
|
||||
# explain what you are trying to do, and include the output from
|
||||
# debugging mode (radiusd -X). Failure to do so means that all
|
||||
# of the responses to your question will be people telling you
|
||||
# to "post the output of radiusd -X".
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The location of other config files and logfiles are declared
|
||||
# in this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Also general configuration for modules can be done in this
|
||||
# file, it is exported through the API to modules that ask for
|
||||
# it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "man radiusd.conf" for documentation on the format of this
|
||||
# file. Note that the individual configuration items are NOT
|
||||
# documented in that "man" page. They are only documented here,
|
||||
# in the comments.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0.0, FreeRADIUS supports a simple processing language
|
||||
# in the "authorize", "authenticate", "accounting", etc. sections.
|
||||
# See "man unlang" for details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = /usr
|
||||
exec_prefix = /usr
|
||||
sysconfdir = /etc
|
||||
localstatedir = /var
|
||||
sbindir = ${exec_prefix}/sbin
|
||||
logdir = /var/log/freeradius
|
||||
raddbdir = ${sysconfdir}/raddb
|
||||
radacctdir = ${logdir}/radacct
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name of the running server. See also the "-n" command-line option.
|
||||
name = freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
# Location of config and logfiles.
|
||||
confdir = ${raddbdir}
|
||||
run_dir = ${localstatedir}/run/${name}
|
||||
|
||||
# Should likely be ${localstatedir}/lib/radiusd
|
||||
db_dir = ${raddbdir}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# libdir: Where to find the rlm_* modules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This should be automatically set at configuration time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the server builds and installs, but fails at execution time
|
||||
# with an 'undefined symbol' error, then you can use the libdir
|
||||
# directive to work around the problem.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The cause is usually that a library has been installed on your
|
||||
# system in a place where the dynamic linker CANNOT find it. When
|
||||
# executing as root (or another user), your personal environment MAY
|
||||
# be set up to allow the dynamic linker to find the library. When
|
||||
# executing as a daemon, FreeRADIUS MAY NOT have the same
|
||||
# personalized configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To work around the problem, find out which library contains that symbol,
|
||||
# and add the directory containing that library to the end of 'libdir',
|
||||
# with a colon separating the directory names. NO spaces are allowed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g. libdir = /usr/local/lib:/opt/package/lib
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can also try setting the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable
|
||||
# in a script which starts the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If that does not work, then you can re-configure and re-build the
|
||||
# server to NOT use shared libraries, via:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ./configure --disable-shared
|
||||
# make
|
||||
# make install
|
||||
#
|
||||
libdir = /usr/lib/freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
# pidfile: Where to place the PID of the RADIUS server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server may be signalled while it's running by using this
|
||||
# file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is written when ONLY running in daemon mode.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g.: kill -HUP `cat /var/run/radiusd/radiusd.pid`
|
||||
#
|
||||
pidfile = ${run_dir}/${name}.pid
|
||||
|
||||
# chroot: directory where the server does "chroot".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The chroot is done very early in the process of starting the server.
|
||||
# After the chroot has been performed it switches to the "user" listed
|
||||
# below (which MUST be specified). If "group" is specified, it switchs
|
||||
# to that group, too. Any other groups listed for the specified "user"
|
||||
# in "/etc/group" are also added as part of this process.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The current working directory (chdir / cd) is left *outside* of the
|
||||
# chroot until all of the modules have been initialized. This allows
|
||||
# the "raddb" directory to be left outside of the chroot. Once the
|
||||
# modules have been initialized, it does a "chdir" to ${logdir}. This
|
||||
# means that it should be impossible to break out of the chroot.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are worried about security issues related to this use of chdir,
|
||||
# then simply ensure that the "raddb" directory is inside of the chroot,
|
||||
# end be sure to do "cd raddb" BEFORE starting the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the server is statically linked, then the only files that have
|
||||
# to exist in the chroot are ${run_dir} and ${logdir}. If you do the
|
||||
# "cd raddb" as discussed above, then the "raddb" directory has to be
|
||||
# inside of the chroot directory, too.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#chroot = /path/to/chroot/directory
|
||||
|
||||
# user/group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run radiusd as.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If these are commented out, the server will run as the user/group
|
||||
# that started it. In order to change to a different user/group, you
|
||||
# MUST be root ( or have root privleges ) to start the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We STRONGLY recommend that you run the server with as few permissions
|
||||
# as possible. That is, if you're not using shadow passwords, the
|
||||
# user and group items below should be set to radius'.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE that some kernels refuse to setgid(group) when the value of
|
||||
# (unsigned)group is above 60000; don't use group nobody on these systems!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# On systems with shadow passwords, you might have to set 'group = shadow'
|
||||
# for the server to be able to read the shadow password file. If you can
|
||||
# authenticate users while in debug mode, but not in daemon mode, it may be
|
||||
# that the debugging mode server is running as a user that can read the
|
||||
# shadow info, and the user listed below can not.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server will also try to use "initgroups" to read /etc/groups.
|
||||
# It will join all groups where "user" is a member. This can allow
|
||||
# for some finer-grained access controls.
|
||||
#
|
||||
user = freerad
|
||||
group = freerad
|
||||
|
||||
# panic_action: Command to execute if the server dies unexpectedly.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FOR PRODUCTION SYSTEMS, ACTIONS SHOULD ALWAYS EXIT.
|
||||
# AN INTERACTIVE ACTION MEANS THE SERVER IS NOT RESPONDING TO REQUESTS.
|
||||
# AN INTERACTICE ACTION MEANS THE SERVER WILL NOT RESTART.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The panic action is a command which will be executed if the server
|
||||
# receives a fatal, non user generated signal, i.e. SIGSEGV, SIGBUS,
|
||||
# SIGABRT or SIGFPE.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This can be used to start an interactive debugging session so
|
||||
# that information regarding the current state of the server can
|
||||
# be acquired.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following string substitutions are available:
|
||||
# - %e The currently executing program e.g. /sbin/radiusd
|
||||
# - %p The PID of the currently executing program e.g. 12345
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Standard ${} substitutions are also allowed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# An example panic action for opening an interactive session in GDB would be:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#panic_action = "gdb %e %p"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Again, don't use that on a production system.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# An example panic action for opening an automated session in GDB would be:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#panic_action = "gdb -silent -x ${raddbdir}/panic.gdb %e %p > ${logdir}/gdb-%e-%p.log 2>&1"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# That command can be used on a production system.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# max_request_time: The maximum time (in seconds) to handle a request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Requests which take more time than this to process may be killed, and
|
||||
# a REJECT message is returned.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WARNING: If you notice that requests take a long time to be handled,
|
||||
# then this MAY INDICATE a bug in the server, in one of the modules
|
||||
# used to handle a request, OR in your local configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This problem is most often seen when using an SQL database. If it takes
|
||||
# more than a second or two to receive an answer from the SQL database,
|
||||
# then it probably means that you haven't indexed the database. See your
|
||||
# SQL server documentation for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 5 to 120
|
||||
#
|
||||
max_request_time = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# cleanup_delay: The time to wait (in seconds) before cleaning up
|
||||
# a reply which was sent to the NAS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The RADIUS request is normally cached internally for a short period
|
||||
# of time, after the reply is sent to the NAS. The reply packet may be
|
||||
# lost in the network, and the NAS will not see it. The NAS will then
|
||||
# re-send the request, and the server will respond quickly with the
|
||||
# cached reply.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this value is set too low, then duplicate requests from the NAS
|
||||
# MAY NOT be detected, and will instead be handled as seperate requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this value is set too high, then the server will cache too many
|
||||
# requests, and some new requests may get blocked. (See 'max_requests'.)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 2 to 10
|
||||
#
|
||||
cleanup_delay = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# max_requests: The maximum number of requests which the server keeps
|
||||
# track of. This should be 256 multiplied by the number of clients.
|
||||
# e.g. With 4 clients, this number should be 1024.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this number is too low, then when the server becomes busy,
|
||||
# it will not respond to any new requests, until the 'cleanup_delay'
|
||||
# time has passed, and it has removed the old requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this number is set too high, then the server will use a bit more
|
||||
# memory for no real benefit.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you aren't sure what it should be set to, it's better to set it
|
||||
# too high than too low. Setting it to 1000 per client is probably
|
||||
# the highest it should be.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful range of values: 256 to infinity
|
||||
#
|
||||
max_requests = 1024
|
||||
|
||||
# listen: Make the server listen on a particular IP address, and send
|
||||
# replies out from that address. This directive is most useful for
|
||||
# hosts with multiple IP addresses on one interface.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want the server to listen on additional addresses, or on
|
||||
# additionnal ports, you can use multiple "listen" sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Each section make the server listen for only one type of packet,
|
||||
# therefore authentication and accounting have to be configured in
|
||||
# different sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server ignore all "listen" section if you are using '-i' and '-p'
|
||||
# on the command line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
# Type of packets to listen for.
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# auth listen for authentication packets
|
||||
# acct listen for accounting packets
|
||||
# proxy IP to use for sending proxied packets
|
||||
# detail Read from the detail file. For examples, see
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/copy-acct-to-home-server
|
||||
# status listen for Status-Server packets. For examples,
|
||||
# see raddb/sites-available/status
|
||||
# coa listen for CoA-Request and Disconnect-Request
|
||||
# packets. For examples, see the file
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/coa
|
||||
#
|
||||
type = auth
|
||||
|
||||
# Note: "type = proxy" lets you control the source IP used for
|
||||
# proxying packets, with some limitations:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# * A proxy listener CANNOT be used in a virtual server section.
|
||||
# * You should probably set "port = 0".
|
||||
# * Any "clients" configuration will be ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also proxy.conf, and the "src_ipaddr" configuration entry
|
||||
# in the sample "home_server" section. When you specify the
|
||||
# source IP address for packets sent to a home server, the
|
||||
# proxy listeners are automatically created.
|
||||
|
||||
# IP address on which to listen.
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# dotted quad (1.2.3.4)
|
||||
# hostname (radius.example.com)
|
||||
# wildcard (*)
|
||||
ipaddr = *
|
||||
|
||||
# OR, you can use an IPv6 address, but not both
|
||||
# at the same time.
|
||||
# ipv6addr = :: # any. ::1 == localhost
|
||||
|
||||
# Port on which to listen.
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# integer port number (1812)
|
||||
# 0 means "use /etc/services for the proper port"
|
||||
port = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Some systems support binding to an interface, in addition
|
||||
# to the IP address. This feature isn't strictly necessary,
|
||||
# but for sites with many IP addresses on one interface,
|
||||
# it's useful to say "listen on all addresses for eth0".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If your system does not support this feature, you will
|
||||
# get an error if you try to use it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# interface = eth0
|
||||
|
||||
# Per-socket lists of clients. This is a very useful feature.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The name here is a reference to a section elsewhere in
|
||||
# radiusd.conf, or clients.conf. Having the name as
|
||||
# a reference allows multiple sockets to use the same
|
||||
# set of clients.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this configuration is used, then the global list of clients
|
||||
# is IGNORED for this "listen" section. Take care configuring
|
||||
# this feature, to ensure you don't accidentally disable a
|
||||
# client you need.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See clients.conf for the configuration of "per_socket_clients".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# clients = per_socket_clients
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# This second "listen" section is for listening on the accounting
|
||||
# port, too.
|
||||
#
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
ipaddr = *
|
||||
# ipv6addr = ::
|
||||
port = 0
|
||||
type = acct
|
||||
# interface = eth0
|
||||
# clients = per_socket_clients
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# hostname_lookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses
|
||||
# e.g., www.freeradius.org (on) or 206.47.27.232 (off).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default is 'off' because it would be overall better for the net
|
||||
# if people had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it
|
||||
# means that each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup
|
||||
# request to the nameserver. Enabling hostname_lookups will also
|
||||
# mean that your server may stop randomly for 30 seconds from time
|
||||
# to time, if the DNS requests take too long.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Turning hostname lookups off also means that the server won't block
|
||||
# for 30 seconds, if it sees an IP address which has no name associated
|
||||
# with it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
hostname_lookups = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Core dumps are a bad thing. This should only be set to 'yes'
|
||||
# if you're debugging a problem with the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
allow_core_dumps = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Regular expressions
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These items are set at configure time. If they're set to "yes",
|
||||
# then setting them to "no" turns off regular expression support.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If they're set to "no" at configure time, then setting them to "yes"
|
||||
# WILL NOT WORK. It will give you an error.
|
||||
#
|
||||
regular_expressions = yes
|
||||
extended_expressions = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Logging section. The various "log_*" configuration items
|
||||
# will eventually be moved here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
log {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Destination for log messages. This can be one of:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# files - log to "file", as defined below.
|
||||
# syslog - to syslog (see also the "syslog_facility", below.
|
||||
# stdout - standard output
|
||||
# stderr - standard error.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The command-line option "-X" over-rides this option, and forces
|
||||
# logging to go to stdout.
|
||||
#
|
||||
destination = files
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The logging messages for the server are appended to the
|
||||
# tail of this file if destination == "files"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the server is running in debugging mode, this file is
|
||||
# NOT used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
file = ${logdir}/radius.log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this configuration parameter is set, then log messages for
|
||||
# a *request* go to this file, rather than to radius.log.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# i.e. This is a log file per request, once the server has accepted
|
||||
# the request as being from a valid client. Messages that are
|
||||
# not associated with a request still go to radius.log.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Not all log messages in the server core have been updated to use
|
||||
# this new internal API. As a result, some messages will still
|
||||
# go to radius.log. Please submit patches to fix this behavior.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The file name is expanded dynamically. You should ONLY user
|
||||
# server-side attributes for the filename (e.g. things you control).
|
||||
# Using this feature MAY also slow down the server substantially,
|
||||
# especially if you do thinks like SQL calls as part of the
|
||||
# expansion of the filename.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The name of the log file should use attributes that don't change
|
||||
# over the lifetime of a request, such as User-Name,
|
||||
# Virtual-Server or Packet-Src-IP-Address. Otherwise, the log
|
||||
# messages will be distributed over multiple files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Logging can be enabled for an individual request by a special
|
||||
# dynamic expansion macro: %{debug: 1}, where the debug level
|
||||
# for this request is set to '1' (or 2, 3, etc.). e.g.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# update control {
|
||||
# Tmp-String-0 = "%{debug:1}"
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The attribute that the value is assigned to is unimportant,
|
||||
# and should be a "throw-away" attribute with no side effects.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#requests = ${logdir}/radiusd-%{%{Virtual-Server}:-DEFAULT}-%Y%m%d.log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Which syslog facility to use, if ${destination} == "syslog"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The exact values permitted here are OS-dependent. You probably
|
||||
# don't want to change this.
|
||||
#
|
||||
syslog_facility = daemon
|
||||
|
||||
# Log the full User-Name attribute, as it was found in the request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
stripped_names = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Log authentication requests to the log file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
auth = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Log passwords with the authentication requests.
|
||||
# auth_badpass - logs password if it's rejected
|
||||
# auth_goodpass - logs password if it's correct
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
auth_badpass = no
|
||||
auth_goodpass = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Log additional text at the end of the "Login OK" messages.
|
||||
# for these to work, the "auth" and "auth_goopass" or "auth_badpass"
|
||||
# configurations above have to be set to "yes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The strings below are dynamically expanded, which means that
|
||||
# you can put anything you want in them. However, note that
|
||||
# this expansion can be slow, and can negatively impact server
|
||||
# performance.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# msg_goodpass = ""
|
||||
# msg_badpass = ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# The program to execute to do concurrency checks.
|
||||
checkrad = ${sbindir}/checkrad
|
||||
|
||||
# SECURITY CONFIGURATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There may be multiple methods of attacking on the server. This
|
||||
# section holds the configuration items which minimize the impact
|
||||
# of those attacks
|
||||
#
|
||||
security {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# max_attributes: The maximum number of attributes
|
||||
# permitted in a RADIUS packet. Packets which have MORE
|
||||
# than this number of attributes in them will be dropped.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this number is set too low, then no RADIUS packets
|
||||
# will be accepted.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this number is set too high, then an attacker may be
|
||||
# able to send a small number of packets which will cause
|
||||
# the server to use all available memory on the machine.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this number to 0 means "allow any number of attributes"
|
||||
max_attributes = 200
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# reject_delay: When sending an Access-Reject, it can be
|
||||
# delayed for a few seconds. This may help slow down a DoS
|
||||
# attack. It also helps to slow down people trying to brute-force
|
||||
# crack a users password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this number to 0 means "send rejects immediately"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this number is set higher than 'cleanup_delay', then the
|
||||
# rejects will be sent at 'cleanup_delay' time, when the request
|
||||
# is deleted from the internal cache of requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful ranges: 1 to 5
|
||||
reject_delay = 1
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# status_server: Whether or not the server will respond
|
||||
# to Status-Server requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When sent a Status-Server message, the server responds with
|
||||
# an Access-Accept or Accounting-Response packet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is mainly useful for administrators who want to "ping"
|
||||
# the server, without adding test users, or creating fake
|
||||
# accounting packets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It's also useful when a NAS marks a RADIUS server "dead".
|
||||
# The NAS can periodically "ping" the server with a Status-Server
|
||||
# packet. If the server responds, it must be alive, and the
|
||||
# NAS can start using it for real requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also raddb/sites-available/status
|
||||
#
|
||||
status_server = yes
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allow_vulnerable_openssl: Allow the server to start with
|
||||
# versions of OpenSSL known to have critical vulnerabilities.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This check is based on the version number reported by libssl
|
||||
# and may not reflect patches applied to libssl by
|
||||
# distribution maintainers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
allow_vulnerable_openssl = no
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# PROXY CONFIGURATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# proxy_requests: Turns proxying of RADIUS requests on or off.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server has proxying turned on by default. If your system is NOT
|
||||
# set up to proxy requests to another server, then you can turn proxying
|
||||
# off here. This will save a small amount of resources on the server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you have proxying turned off, and your configuration files say
|
||||
# to proxy a request, then an error message will be logged.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To disable proxying, change the "yes" to "no", and comment the
|
||||
# $INCLUDE line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# allowed values: {no, yes}
|
||||
#
|
||||
proxy_requests = yes
|
||||
$INCLUDE proxy.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# CLIENTS CONFIGURATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Client configuration is defined in "clients.conf".
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# The 'clients.conf' file contains all of the information from the old
|
||||
# 'clients' and 'naslist' configuration files. We recommend that you
|
||||
# do NOT use 'client's or 'naslist', although they are still
|
||||
# supported.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Anything listed in 'clients.conf' will take precedence over the
|
||||
# information from the old-style configuration files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$INCLUDE clients.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# THREAD POOL CONFIGURATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The thread pool is a long-lived group of threads which
|
||||
# take turns (round-robin) handling any incoming requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You probably want to have a few spare threads around,
|
||||
# so that high-load situations can be handled immediately. If you
|
||||
# don't have any spare threads, then the request handling will
|
||||
# be delayed while a new thread is created, and added to the pool.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You probably don't want too many spare threads around,
|
||||
# otherwise they'll be sitting there taking up resources, and
|
||||
# not doing anything productive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The numbers given below should be adequate for most situations.
|
||||
#
|
||||
thread pool {
|
||||
# Number of servers to start initially --- should be a reasonable
|
||||
# ballpark figure.
|
||||
start_servers = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# Limit on the total number of servers running.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this limit is ever reached, clients will be LOCKED OUT, so it
|
||||
# should NOT BE SET TOO LOW. It is intended mainly as a brake to
|
||||
# keep a runaway server from taking the system with it as it spirals
|
||||
# down...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You may find that the server is regularly reaching the
|
||||
# 'max_servers' number of threads, and that increasing
|
||||
# 'max_servers' doesn't seem to make much difference.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this is the case, then the problem is MOST LIKELY that
|
||||
# your back-end databases are taking too long to respond, and
|
||||
# are preventing the server from responding in a timely manner.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The solution is NOT do keep increasing the 'max_servers'
|
||||
# value, but instead to fix the underlying cause of the
|
||||
# problem: slow database, or 'hostname_lookups=yes'.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For more information, see 'max_request_time', above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
max_servers = 32
|
||||
|
||||
# Server-pool size regulation. Rather than making you guess
|
||||
# how many servers you need, FreeRADIUS dynamically adapts to
|
||||
# the load it sees, that is, it tries to maintain enough
|
||||
# servers to handle the current load, plus a few spare
|
||||
# servers to handle transient load spikes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It does this by periodically checking how many servers are
|
||||
# waiting for a request. If there are fewer than
|
||||
# min_spare_servers, it creates a new spare. If there are
|
||||
# more than max_spare_servers, some of the spares die off.
|
||||
# The default values are probably OK for most sites.
|
||||
#
|
||||
min_spare_servers = 3
|
||||
max_spare_servers = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# When the server receives a packet, it places it onto an
|
||||
# internal queue, where the worker threads (configured above)
|
||||
# pick it up for processing. The maximum size of that queue
|
||||
# is given here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When the queue is full, any new packets will be silently
|
||||
# discarded.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The most common cause of the queue being full is that the
|
||||
# server is dependent on a slow database, and it has received
|
||||
# a large "spike" of traffic. When that happens, there is
|
||||
# very little you can do other than make sure the server
|
||||
# receives less traffic, or make sure that the database can
|
||||
# handle the load.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# max_queue_size = 65536
|
||||
|
||||
# There may be memory leaks or resource allocation problems with
|
||||
# the server. If so, set this value to 300 or so, so that the
|
||||
# resources will be cleaned up periodically.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This should only be necessary if there are serious bugs in the
|
||||
# server which have not yet been fixed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# '0' is a special value meaning 'infinity', or 'the servers never
|
||||
# exit'
|
||||
max_requests_per_server = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# MODULE CONFIGURATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The names and configuration of each module is located in this section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# After the modules are defined here, they may be referred to by name,
|
||||
# in other sections of this configuration file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
modules {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Each module has a configuration as follows:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name [ instance ] {
|
||||
# config_item = value
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
# }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The 'name' is used to load the 'rlm_name' library
|
||||
# which implements the functionality of the module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The 'instance' is optional. To have two different instances
|
||||
# of a module, it first must be referred to by 'name'.
|
||||
# The different copies of the module are then created by
|
||||
# inventing two 'instance' names, e.g. 'instance1' and 'instance2'
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The instance names can then be used in later configuration
|
||||
# INSTEAD of the original 'name'. See the 'radutmp' configuration
|
||||
# for an example.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0.5, most of the module configurations are in a
|
||||
# sub-directory. Files matching the regex /[a-zA-Z0-9_.]+/
|
||||
# are loaded. The modules are initialized ONLY if they are
|
||||
# referenced in a processing section, such as authorize,
|
||||
# authenticate, accounting, pre/post-proxy, etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$INCLUDE ${confdir}/modules/
|
||||
|
||||
# Extensible Authentication Protocol
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For all EAP related authentications.
|
||||
# Now in another file, because it is very large.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$INCLUDE eap.conf
|
||||
|
||||
# Include another file that has the SQL-related configuration.
|
||||
# This is another file only because it tends to be big.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $INCLUDE sql.conf
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module is an SQL enabled version of the counter module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Rather than maintaining seperate (GDBM) databases of
|
||||
# accounting info for each counter, this module uses the data
|
||||
# stored in the raddacct table by the sql modules. This
|
||||
# module NEVER does any database INSERTs or UPDATEs. It is
|
||||
# totally dependent on the SQL module to process Accounting
|
||||
# packets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $INCLUDE sql/mysql/counter.conf
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IP addresses managed in an SQL table.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $INCLUDE sqlippool.conf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Instantiation
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section orders the loading of the modules. Modules
|
||||
# listed here will get loaded BEFORE the later sections like
|
||||
# authorize, authenticate, etc. get examined.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section is not strictly needed. When a section like
|
||||
# authorize refers to a module, it's automatically loaded and
|
||||
# initialized. However, some modules may not be listed in any
|
||||
# of the following sections, so they can be listed here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Also, listing modules here ensures that you have control over
|
||||
# the order in which they are initalized. If one module needs
|
||||
# something defined by another module, you can list them in order
|
||||
# here, and ensure that the configuration will be OK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
instantiate {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allows the execution of external scripts.
|
||||
# The entire command line (and output) must fit into 253 bytes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g. Framed-Pool = `%{exec:/bin/echo foo}`
|
||||
exec
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The expression module doesn't do authorization,
|
||||
# authentication, or accounting. It only does dynamic
|
||||
# translation, of the form:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Session-Timeout = `%{expr:2 + 3}`
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module needs to be instantiated, but CANNOT be
|
||||
# listed in any other section. See 'doc/rlm_expr' for
|
||||
# more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# rlm_expr is also responsible for registering many
|
||||
# other xlat functions such as md5, sha1 and lc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We do not recommend removing it's listing here.
|
||||
expr
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We add the counter module here so that it registers
|
||||
# the check-name attribute before any module which sets
|
||||
# it
|
||||
# daily
|
||||
expiration
|
||||
logintime
|
||||
|
||||
# subsections here can be thought of as "virtual" modules.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# e.g. If you have two redundant SQL servers, and you want to
|
||||
# use them in the authorize and accounting sections, you could
|
||||
# place a "redundant" block in each section, containing the
|
||||
# exact same text. Or, you could uncomment the following
|
||||
# lines, and list "redundant_sql" in the authorize and
|
||||
# accounting sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#redundant redundant_sql {
|
||||
# sql1
|
||||
# sql2
|
||||
#}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Policies that can be applied in multiple places are listed
|
||||
# globally. That way, they can be defined once, and referred
|
||||
# to multiple times.
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
$INCLUDE policy.conf
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Load virtual servers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This next $INCLUDE line loads files in the directory that
|
||||
# match the regular expression: /[a-zA-Z0-9_.]+/
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It allows you to define new virtual servers simply by placing
|
||||
# a file into the raddb/sites-enabled/ directory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$INCLUDE sites-enabled/
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All of the other configuration sections like "authorize {}",
|
||||
# "authenticate {}", "accounting {}", have been moved to the
|
||||
# the file:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/default
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is the "default" virtual server that has the same
|
||||
# configuration as in version 1.0.x and 1.1.x. The default
|
||||
# installation enables this virtual server. You should
|
||||
# edit it to create policies for your local site.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For more documentation on virtual servers, see:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/README
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Control socket interface.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In the future, we will add username/password checking for
|
||||
# connections to the control socket. We will also add
|
||||
# command authorization, where the commands entered by the
|
||||
# administrator are run through a virtual server before
|
||||
# they are executed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For now, anyone who has permission to connect to the socket
|
||||
# has nearly complete control over the server. Be warned!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This functionality is NOT enabled by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also the "radmin" program, which is used to communicate
|
||||
# with the server over the control socket.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 6a6f2b9428713083720b145d12c90b9747510ec1 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Listen on the control socket.
|
||||
#
|
||||
type = control
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Socket location.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is created with the server's uid and gid.
|
||||
# It's permissions are r/w for that user and group, and
|
||||
# no permissions for "other" users. These permissions form
|
||||
# minimal security, and should not be relied on.
|
||||
#
|
||||
socket = ${run_dir}/${name}.sock
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following two parameters perform authentication and
|
||||
# authorization of connections to the control socket.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If not set, then ANYONE can connect to the control socket,
|
||||
# and have complete control over the server. This is likely
|
||||
# not what you want.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# One, or both, of "uid" and "gid" should be set. If set, the
|
||||
# corresponding value is checked. Unauthorized users result
|
||||
# in an error message in the log file, and the connection is
|
||||
# closed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Name of user that is allowed to connect to the control socket.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# uid = radius
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Name of group that is allowed to connect to the control socket.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# gid = radius
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Access mode.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This can be used to give *some* administrators access to
|
||||
# monitor the system, but not to change it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ro = read only access (default)
|
||||
# rw = read/write access.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# mode = rw
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,421 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is a virtual server that handles *only* inner tunnel
|
||||
# requests for EAP-TTLS and PEAP types.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: bb0b93bc9cc9ade4e78725ea113d6f228937fef7 $
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
server inner-tunnel {
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This next section is here to allow testing of the "inner-tunnel"
|
||||
# authentication methods, independently from the "default" server.
|
||||
# It is listening on "localhost", so that it can only be used from
|
||||
# the same machine.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $ radtest USER PASSWORD 127.0.0.1:18120 0 testing123
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If it works, you have configured the inner tunnel correctly. To check
|
||||
# if PEAP will work, use:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $ radtest -t mschap USER PASSWORD 127.0.0.1:18120 0 testing123
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If that works, PEAP should work. If that command doesn't work, then
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FIX THE INNER TUNNEL CONFIGURATION SO THAT IT WORKS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do NOT do any PEAP tests. It won't help. Instead, concentrate
|
||||
# on fixing the inner tunnel configuration. DO NOTHING ELSE.
|
||||
#
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
ipaddr = 127.0.0.1
|
||||
port = 18120
|
||||
type = auth
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Authorization. First preprocess (hints and huntgroups files),
|
||||
# then realms, and finally look in the "users" file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The order of the realm modules will determine the order that
|
||||
# we try to find a matching realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Make *sure* that 'preprocess' comes before any realm if you
|
||||
# need to setup hints for the remote radius server
|
||||
authorize {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The chap module will set 'Auth-Type := CHAP' if we are
|
||||
# handling a CHAP request and Auth-Type has not already been set
|
||||
chap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the users are logging in with an MS-CHAP-Challenge
|
||||
# attribute for authentication, the mschap module will find
|
||||
# the MS-CHAP-Challenge attribute, and add 'Auth-Type := MS-CHAP'
|
||||
# to the request, which will cause the server to then use
|
||||
# the mschap module for authentication.
|
||||
mschap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Pull crypt'd passwords from /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow,
|
||||
# using the system API's to get the password. If you want
|
||||
# to read /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow directly, see the
|
||||
# passwd module, above.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# unix
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Look for IPASS style 'realm/', and if not found, look for
|
||||
# '@realm', and decide whether or not to proxy, based on
|
||||
# that.
|
||||
# IPASS
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are using multiple kinds of realms, you probably
|
||||
# want to set "ignore_null = yes" for all of them.
|
||||
# Otherwise, when the first style of realm doesn't match,
|
||||
# the other styles won't be checked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that proxying the inner tunnel authentication means
|
||||
# that the user MAY use one identity in the outer session
|
||||
# (e.g. "anonymous", and a different one here
|
||||
# (e.g. "user@example.com"). The inner session will then be
|
||||
# proxied elsewhere for authentication. If you are not
|
||||
# careful, this means that the user can cause you to forward
|
||||
# the authentication to another RADIUS server, and have the
|
||||
# accounting logs *not* sent to the other server. This makes
|
||||
# it difficult to bill people for their network activity.
|
||||
#
|
||||
suffix
|
||||
# ntdomain
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "suffix" module takes care of stripping the domain
|
||||
# (e.g. "@example.com") from the User-Name attribute, and the
|
||||
# next few lines ensure that the request is not proxied.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want the inner tunnel request to be proxied, delete
|
||||
# the next few lines.
|
||||
#
|
||||
update control {
|
||||
Proxy-To-Realm := LOCAL
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module takes care of EAP-MSCHAPv2 authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It also sets the EAP-Type attribute in the request
|
||||
# attribute list to the EAP type from the packet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The example below uses module failover to avoid querying all
|
||||
# of the following modules if the EAP module returns "ok".
|
||||
# Therefore, your LDAP and/or SQL servers will not be queried
|
||||
# for the many packets that go back and forth to set up TTLS
|
||||
# or PEAP. The load on those servers will therefore be reduced.
|
||||
#
|
||||
eap {
|
||||
ok = return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Read the 'users' file
|
||||
# files
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Look in an SQL database. The schema of the database
|
||||
# is meant to mirror the "users" file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Authorization Queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are using /etc/smbpasswd, and are also doing
|
||||
# mschap authentication, the un-comment this line, and
|
||||
# configure the 'etc_smbpasswd' module, above.
|
||||
# etc_smbpasswd
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The ldap module will set Auth-Type to LDAP if it has not
|
||||
# already been set
|
||||
ldap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Enforce daily limits on time spent logged in.
|
||||
# daily
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Use the checkval module
|
||||
# checkval
|
||||
|
||||
expiration
|
||||
logintime
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no other module has claimed responsibility for
|
||||
# authentication, then try to use PAP. This allows the
|
||||
# other modules listed above to add a "known good" password
|
||||
# to the request, and to do nothing else. The PAP module
|
||||
# will then see that password, and use it to do PAP
|
||||
# authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This module should be listed last, so that the other modules
|
||||
# get a chance to set Auth-Type for themselves.
|
||||
#
|
||||
pap
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Authentication.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section lists which modules are available for authentication.
|
||||
# Note that it does NOT mean 'try each module in order'. It means
|
||||
# that a module from the 'authorize' section adds a configuration
|
||||
# attribute 'Auth-Type := FOO'. That authentication type is then
|
||||
# used to pick the apropriate module from the list below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# In general, you SHOULD NOT set the Auth-Type attribute. The server
|
||||
# will figure it out on its own, and will do the right thing. The
|
||||
# most common side effect of erroneously setting the Auth-Type
|
||||
# attribute is that one authentication method will work, but the
|
||||
# others will not.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The common reasons to set the Auth-Type attribute by hand
|
||||
# is to either forcibly reject the user, or forcibly accept him.
|
||||
#
|
||||
authenticate {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PAP authentication, when a back-end database listed
|
||||
# in the 'authorize' section supplies a password. The
|
||||
# password can be clear-text, or encrypted.
|
||||
Auth-Type PAP {
|
||||
pap
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Most people want CHAP authentication
|
||||
# A back-end database listed in the 'authorize' section
|
||||
# MUST supply a CLEAR TEXT password. Encrypted passwords
|
||||
# won't work.
|
||||
Auth-Type CHAP {
|
||||
chap
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MSCHAP authentication.
|
||||
Auth-Type MS-CHAP {
|
||||
mschap
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Pluggable Authentication Modules.
|
||||
# pam
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'man getpwent' for information on how the 'unix'
|
||||
# module checks the users password. Note that packets
|
||||
# containing CHAP-Password attributes CANNOT be authenticated
|
||||
# against /etc/passwd! See the FAQ for details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
unix
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment it if you want to use ldap for authentication
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that this means "check plain-text password against
|
||||
# the ldap database", which means that EAP won't work,
|
||||
# as it does not supply a plain-text password.
|
||||
# Auth-Type LDAP {
|
||||
# ldap
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allow EAP authentication.
|
||||
eap
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are no accounting requests inside of EAP-TTLS or PEAP
|
||||
# tunnels.
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Session database, used for checking Simultaneous-Use. Either the radutmp
|
||||
# or rlm_sql module can handle this.
|
||||
# The rlm_sql module is *much* faster
|
||||
session {
|
||||
radutmp
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Simultaneous Use Checking Queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Post-Authentication
|
||||
# Once we KNOW that the user has been authenticated, there are
|
||||
# additional steps we can take.
|
||||
post-auth {
|
||||
# Note that we do NOT assign IP addresses here.
|
||||
# If you try to assign IP addresses for EAP authentication types,
|
||||
# it WILL NOT WORK. You MUST use DHCP.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to have a log of authentication replies,
|
||||
# un-comment the following line, and the 'detail reply_log'
|
||||
# section, above.
|
||||
# reply_log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# After authenticating the user, do another SQL query.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Authentication Logging Queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Instead of sending the query to the SQL server,
|
||||
# write it into a log file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# sql_log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Un-comment the following if you have set
|
||||
# 'edir_account_policy_check = yes' in the ldap module sub-section of
|
||||
# the 'modules' section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ldap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Access-Reject packets are sent through the REJECT sub-section of the
|
||||
# post-auth section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Add the ldap module name (or instance) if you have set
|
||||
# 'edir_account_policy_check = yes' in the ldap module configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
Post-Auth-Type REJECT {
|
||||
# log failed authentications in SQL, too.
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
attr_filter.access_reject
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The example policy below updates the outer tunnel reply
|
||||
# (usually Access-Accept) with the User-Name from the inner
|
||||
# tunnel User-Name. Since this section is processed in the
|
||||
# context of the inner tunnel, "request" here means "inner
|
||||
# tunnel request", and "outer.reply" means "outer tunnel
|
||||
# reply attributes".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This example is most useful when the outer session contains
|
||||
# a User-Name of "anonymous@....", or a MAC address. If it
|
||||
# is enabled, the NAS SHOULD use the inner tunnel User-Name
|
||||
# in subsequent accounting packets. This makes it easier to
|
||||
# track user sessions, as they will all be based on the real
|
||||
# name, and not on "anonymous".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The problem with doing this is that it ALSO exposes the
|
||||
# real user name to any intermediate proxies. People use
|
||||
# "anonymous" identifiers outside of the tunnel for a very
|
||||
# good reason: it gives them more privacy. Setting the reply
|
||||
# to contain the real user name removes ALL privacy from
|
||||
# their session.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want privacy to remain, see the
|
||||
# Chargeable-User-Identity attribute from RFC 4372. In order
|
||||
# to use that attribute, you will have to allocate a
|
||||
# per-session identifier for the user, and store it in a
|
||||
# long-term database (e.g. SQL). You should also use that
|
||||
# attribute INSTEAD of the configuration below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#update outer.reply {
|
||||
# User-Name = "%{request:User-Name}"
|
||||
#}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When the server decides to proxy a request to a home server,
|
||||
# the proxied request is first passed through the pre-proxy
|
||||
# stage. This stage can re-write the request, or decide to
|
||||
# cancel the proxy.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Only a few modules currently have this method.
|
||||
#
|
||||
pre-proxy {
|
||||
# attr_rewrite
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following line if you want to change attributes
|
||||
# as defined in the preproxy_users file.
|
||||
# files
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following line if you want to filter requests
|
||||
# sent to remote servers based on the rules defined in the
|
||||
# 'attrs.pre-proxy' file.
|
||||
# attr_filter.pre-proxy
|
||||
|
||||
# If you want to have a log of packets proxied to a home
|
||||
# server, un-comment the following line, and the
|
||||
# 'detail pre_proxy_log' section, above.
|
||||
# pre_proxy_log
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When the server receives a reply to a request it proxied
|
||||
# to a home server, the request may be massaged here, in the
|
||||
# post-proxy stage.
|
||||
#
|
||||
post-proxy {
|
||||
|
||||
# If you want to have a log of replies from a home server,
|
||||
# un-comment the following line, and the 'detail post_proxy_log'
|
||||
# section, above.
|
||||
# post_proxy_log
|
||||
|
||||
# attr_rewrite
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following line if you want to filter replies from
|
||||
# remote proxies based on the rules defined in the 'attrs' file.
|
||||
# attr_filter.post-proxy
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are proxying LEAP, you MUST configure the EAP
|
||||
# module, and you MUST list it here, in the post-proxy
|
||||
# stage.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You MUST also use the 'nostrip' option in the 'realm'
|
||||
# configuration. Otherwise, the User-Name attribute
|
||||
# in the proxied request will not match the user name
|
||||
# hidden inside of the EAP packet, and the end server will
|
||||
# reject the EAP request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
eap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the server tries to proxy a request and fails, then the
|
||||
# request is processed through the modules in this section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The main use of this section is to permit robust proxying
|
||||
# of accounting packets. The server can be configured to
|
||||
# proxy accounting packets as part of normal processing.
|
||||
# Then, if the home server goes down, accounting packets can
|
||||
# be logged to a local "detail" file, for processing with
|
||||
# radrelay. When the home server comes back up, radrelay
|
||||
# will read the detail file, and send the packets to the
|
||||
# home server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# With this configuration, the server always responds to
|
||||
# Accounting-Requests from the NAS, but only writes
|
||||
# accounting packets to disk if the home server is down.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Post-Proxy-Type Fail {
|
||||
# detail
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} # inner-tunnel server block
|
@ -8,10 +8,10 @@
|
||||
# directory to these files. This is done in a normal installation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are using 802.1X (EAP) authentication, please see also
|
||||
# the "inner-tunnel" virtual server. You wll likely have to edit
|
||||
# the "inner-tunnel" virtual server. You will likely have to edit
|
||||
# that, too, for authentication to work.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $Id: 520ccbc90f3a09cd6a80e1e3b16000b7ba94d884 $
|
||||
# $Id: 083407596aa5074d665adac9606e7de655b634aa $
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -44,16 +44,201 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
######################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
server default {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In 1.x, the "authorize", etc. sections were global in
|
||||
# radiusd.conf. As of 2.0, they SHOULD be in a server section.
|
||||
# If you want the server to listen on additional addresses, or on
|
||||
# additional ports, you can use multiple "listen" sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The server section with no virtual server name is the "default"
|
||||
# section. It is used when no server name is specified.
|
||||
# Each section make the server listen for only one type of packet,
|
||||
# therefore authentication and accounting have to be configured in
|
||||
# different sections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We don't indent the rest of this file, because doing so
|
||||
# would make it harder to read.
|
||||
# The server ignore all "listen" section if you are using '-i' and '-p'
|
||||
# on the command line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
# Type of packets to listen for.
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# auth listen for authentication packets
|
||||
# acct listen for accounting packets
|
||||
# proxy IP to use for sending proxied packets
|
||||
# detail Read from the detail file. For examples, see
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/copy-acct-to-home-server
|
||||
# status listen for Status-Server packets. For examples,
|
||||
# see raddb/sites-available/status
|
||||
# coa listen for CoA-Request and Disconnect-Request
|
||||
# packets. For examples, see the file
|
||||
# raddb/sites-available/coa
|
||||
#
|
||||
type = auth
|
||||
|
||||
# Note: "type = proxy" lets you control the source IP used for
|
||||
# proxying packets, with some limitations:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# * A proxy listener CANNOT be used in a virtual server section.
|
||||
# * You should probably set "port = 0".
|
||||
# * Any "clients" configuration will be ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also proxy.conf, and the "src_ipaddr" configuration entry
|
||||
# in the sample "home_server" section. When you specify the
|
||||
# source IP address for packets sent to a home server, the
|
||||
# proxy listeners are automatically created.
|
||||
|
||||
# ipaddr/ipv4addr/ipv6addr - IP address on which to listen.
|
||||
# Out of several options the first one will be used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# IPv4 address (e.g. 1.2.3.4, for ipv4addr/ipaddr)
|
||||
# IPv6 address (e.g. 2001:db8::1, for ipv6addr/ipaddr)
|
||||
# hostname (radius.example.com,
|
||||
# A record for ipv4addr,
|
||||
# AAAA record for ipv6addr,
|
||||
# A or AAAA record for ipaddr)
|
||||
# wildcard (*)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ipv4addr = *
|
||||
# ipv6addr = *
|
||||
ipaddr = *
|
||||
|
||||
# Port on which to listen.
|
||||
# Allowed values are:
|
||||
# integer port number (1812)
|
||||
# 0 means "use /etc/services for the proper port"
|
||||
port = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Some systems support binding to an interface, in addition
|
||||
# to the IP address. This feature isn't strictly necessary,
|
||||
# but for sites with many IP addresses on one interface,
|
||||
# it's useful to say "listen on all addresses for eth0".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If your system does not support this feature, you will
|
||||
# get an error if you try to use it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# interface = eth0
|
||||
|
||||
# Per-socket lists of clients. This is a very useful feature.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The name here is a reference to a section elsewhere in
|
||||
# radiusd.conf, or clients.conf. Having the name as
|
||||
# a reference allows multiple sockets to use the same
|
||||
# set of clients.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this configuration is used, then the global list of clients
|
||||
# is IGNORED for this "listen" section. Take care configuring
|
||||
# this feature, to ensure you don't accidentally disable a
|
||||
# client you need.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See clients.conf for the configuration of "per_socket_clients".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# clients = per_socket_clients
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Connection limiting for sockets with "proto = tcp".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This section is ignored for other kinds of sockets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
limit {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Limit the number of simultaneous TCP connections to the socket
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default is 16.
|
||||
# Setting this to 0 means "no limit"
|
||||
max_connections = 16
|
||||
|
||||
# The per-socket "max_requests" option does not exist.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The lifetime, in seconds, of a TCP connection. After
|
||||
# this lifetime, the connection will be closed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this to 0 means "forever".
|
||||
lifetime = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The idle timeout, in seconds, of a TCP connection.
|
||||
# If no packets have been received over the connection for
|
||||
# this time, the connection will be closed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this to 0 means "no timeout".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We STRONGLY RECOMMEND that you set an idle timeout.
|
||||
#
|
||||
idle_timeout = 30
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This second "listen" section is for listening on the accounting
|
||||
# port, too.
|
||||
#
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
ipaddr = *
|
||||
# ipv6addr = ::
|
||||
port = 0
|
||||
type = acct
|
||||
# interface = eth0
|
||||
# clients = per_socket_clients
|
||||
|
||||
limit {
|
||||
# The number of packets received can be rate limited via the
|
||||
# "max_pps" configuration item. When it is set, the server
|
||||
# tracks the total number of packets received in the previous
|
||||
# second. If the count is greater than "max_pps", then the
|
||||
# new packet is silently discarded. This helps the server
|
||||
# deal with overload situations.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The packets/s counter is tracked in a sliding window. This
|
||||
# means that the pps calculation is done for the second
|
||||
# before the current packet was received. NOT for the current
|
||||
# wall-clock second, and NOT for the previous wall-clock second.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Useful values are 0 (no limit), or 100 to 10000.
|
||||
# Values lower than 100 will likely cause the server to ignore
|
||||
# normal traffic. Few systems are capable of handling more than
|
||||
# 10K packets/s.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It is most useful for accounting systems. Set it to 50%
|
||||
# more than the normal accounting load, and you can be sure that
|
||||
# the server will never get overloaded
|
||||
#
|
||||
# max_pps = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Only for "proto = tcp". These are ignored for "udp" sockets.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# idle_timeout = 0
|
||||
# lifetime = 0
|
||||
# max_connections = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# IPv6 versions of the above - read their full config to understand options
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
type = auth
|
||||
ipv6addr = :: # any. ::1 == localhost
|
||||
port = 0
|
||||
# interface = eth0
|
||||
# clients = per_socket_clients
|
||||
limit {
|
||||
max_connections = 16
|
||||
lifetime = 0
|
||||
idle_timeout = 30
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
listen {
|
||||
ipv6addr = ::
|
||||
port = 0
|
||||
type = acct
|
||||
# interface = eth0
|
||||
# clients = per_socket_clients
|
||||
|
||||
limit {
|
||||
# max_pps = 0
|
||||
# idle_timeout = 0
|
||||
# lifetime = 0
|
||||
# max_connections = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Authorization. First preprocess (hints and huntgroups files),
|
||||
# then realms, and finally look in the "users" file.
|
||||
@ -64,39 +249,58 @@
|
||||
# The order of the realm modules will determine the order that
|
||||
# we try to find a matching realm.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Make *sure* that 'preprocess' comes before any realm if you
|
||||
# Make *sure* that 'preprocess' comes before any realm if you
|
||||
# need to setup hints for the remote radius server
|
||||
authorize {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Security settings. Take a User-Name, and do some simple
|
||||
# checks on it, for spaces and other invalid characters. If
|
||||
# it looks like the user is trying to play games, reject it.
|
||||
# Take a User-Name, and perform some checks on it, for spaces and other
|
||||
# invalid characters. If the User-Name appears invalid, reject the
|
||||
# request.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This should probably be enabled by default.
|
||||
# See policy.d/filter for the definition of the filter_username policy.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See policy.conf for the definition of the filter_username policy.
|
||||
filter_username
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# filter_username
|
||||
# Some broken equipment sends passwords with embedded zeros.
|
||||
# i.e. the debug output will show
|
||||
#
|
||||
# User-Password = "password\000\000"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This policy will fix it to just be "password".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# filter_password
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The preprocess module takes care of sanitizing some bizarre
|
||||
# attributes in the request, and turning them into attributes
|
||||
# which are more standard.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It takes care of processing the 'raddb/hints' and the
|
||||
# 'raddb/huntgroups' files.
|
||||
# It takes care of processing the 'raddb/mods-config/preprocess/hints'
|
||||
# and the 'raddb/mods-config/preprocess/huntgroups' files.
|
||||
preprocess
|
||||
|
||||
# If you intend to use CUI and you require that the Operator-Name
|
||||
# be set for CUI generation and you want to generate CUI also
|
||||
# for your local clients then uncomment the operator-name
|
||||
# below and set the operator-name for your clients in clients.conf
|
||||
# operator-name
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to generate CUI for some clients that do not
|
||||
# send proper CUI requests, then uncomment the
|
||||
# cui below and set "add_cui = yes" for these clients in clients.conf
|
||||
# cui
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to have a log of authentication requests,
|
||||
# un-comment the following line, and the 'detail auth_log'
|
||||
# section, above.
|
||||
# un-comment the following line.
|
||||
# auth_log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The chap module will set 'Auth-Type := CHAP' if we are
|
||||
# handling a CHAP request and Auth-Type has not already been set
|
||||
chap
|
||||
# chap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the users are logging in with an MS-CHAP-Challenge
|
||||
@ -104,13 +308,13 @@ authorize {
|
||||
# the MS-CHAP-Challenge attribute, and add 'Auth-Type := MS-CHAP'
|
||||
# to the request, which will cause the server to then use
|
||||
# the mschap module for authentication.
|
||||
mschap
|
||||
# mschap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you have a Cisco SIP server authenticating against
|
||||
# FreeRADIUS, uncomment the following line, and the 'digest'
|
||||
# line in the 'authenticate' section.
|
||||
digest
|
||||
# digest
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The WiMAX specification says that the Calling-Station-Id
|
||||
@ -143,15 +347,14 @@ authorize {
|
||||
# It also sets the EAP-Type attribute in the request
|
||||
# attribute list to the EAP type from the packet.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As of 2.0, the EAP module returns "ok" in the authorize stage
|
||||
# for TTLS and PEAP. In 1.x, it never returned "ok" here, so
|
||||
# this change is compatible with older configurations.
|
||||
# The EAP module returns "ok" if it is not yet ready to
|
||||
# authenticate the user. The configuration below checks for
|
||||
# that code, and stops processing the "authorize" section if
|
||||
# so.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The example below uses module failover to avoid querying all
|
||||
# of the following modules if the EAP module returns "ok".
|
||||
# Therefore, your LDAP and/or SQL servers will not be queried
|
||||
# for the many packets that go back and forth to set up TTLS
|
||||
# or PEAP. The load on those servers will therefore be reduced.
|
||||
# Any LDAP and/or SQL servers will not be queried for the
|
||||
# initial set of packets that go back and forth to set up
|
||||
# TTLS or PEAP.
|
||||
#
|
||||
eap {
|
||||
ok = return
|
||||
@ -161,20 +364,21 @@ authorize {
|
||||
# Pull crypt'd passwords from /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow,
|
||||
# using the system API's to get the password. If you want
|
||||
# to read /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow directly, see the
|
||||
# passwd module in radiusd.conf.
|
||||
# mods-available/passwd module.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# unix
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Read the 'users' file
|
||||
# Read the 'users' file. In v3, this is located in
|
||||
# raddb/mods-config/files/authorize
|
||||
files
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Look in an SQL database. The schema of the database
|
||||
# is meant to mirror the "users" file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Authorization Queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
# See "Authorization Queries" in mods-available/sql
|
||||
# -sql
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you are using /etc/smbpasswd, and are also doing
|
||||
@ -183,20 +387,16 @@ authorize {
|
||||
# smbpasswd
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The ldap module will set Auth-Type to LDAP if it has not
|
||||
# already been set
|
||||
# ldap
|
||||
# The ldap module reads passwords from the LDAP database.
|
||||
# -ldap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Enforce daily limits on time spent logged in.
|
||||
# daily
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Use the checkval module
|
||||
# checkval
|
||||
|
||||
expiration
|
||||
logintime
|
||||
# expiration
|
||||
# logintime
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no other module has claimed responsibility for
|
||||
@ -209,7 +409,7 @@ authorize {
|
||||
# This module should be listed last, so that the other modules
|
||||
# get a chance to set Auth-Type for themselves.
|
||||
#
|
||||
pap
|
||||
# pap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If "status_server = yes", then Status-Server messages are passed
|
||||
@ -230,7 +430,7 @@ authorize {
|
||||
# Note that it does NOT mean 'try each module in order'. It means
|
||||
# that a module from the 'authorize' section adds a configuration
|
||||
# attribute 'Auth-Type := FOO'. That authentication type is then
|
||||
# used to pick the apropriate module from the list below.
|
||||
# used to pick the appropriate module from the list below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# In general, you SHOULD NOT set the Auth-Type attribute. The server
|
||||
@ -263,9 +463,9 @@ authenticate {
|
||||
# A back-end database listed in the 'authorize' section
|
||||
# MUST supply a CLEAR TEXT password. Encrypted passwords
|
||||
# won't work.
|
||||
Auth-Type CHAP {
|
||||
chap
|
||||
}
|
||||
# Auth-Type CHAP {
|
||||
# chap
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MSCHAP authentication.
|
||||
@ -273,34 +473,32 @@ authenticate {
|
||||
mschap
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For old names, too.
|
||||
#
|
||||
mschap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you have a Cisco SIP server authenticating against
|
||||
# FreeRADIUS, uncomment the following line, and the 'digest'
|
||||
# line in the 'authorize' section.
|
||||
digest
|
||||
# digest
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Pluggable Authentication Modules.
|
||||
# pam
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment it if you want to use ldap for authentication
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'man getpwent' for information on how the 'unix'
|
||||
# module checks the users password. Note that packets
|
||||
# containing CHAP-Password attributes CANNOT be authenticated
|
||||
# against /etc/passwd! See the FAQ for details.
|
||||
# Note that this means "check plain-text password against
|
||||
# the ldap database", which means that EAP won't work,
|
||||
# as it does not supply a plain-text password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For normal "crypt" authentication, the "pap" module should
|
||||
# be used instead of the "unix" module. The "unix" module should
|
||||
# be used for authentication ONLY for compatibility with legacy
|
||||
# FreeRADIUS configurations.
|
||||
# We do NOT recommend using this. LDAP servers are databases.
|
||||
# They are NOT authentication servers. FreeRADIUS is an
|
||||
# authentication server, and knows what to do with authentication.
|
||||
# LDAP servers do not.
|
||||
#
|
||||
unix
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment it if you want to use ldap for authentication
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that this means "check plain-text password against
|
||||
# the ldap database", which means that EAP won't work,
|
||||
# as it does not supply a plain-text password.
|
||||
# Auth-Type LDAP {
|
||||
# ldap
|
||||
# }
|
||||
@ -317,7 +515,7 @@ authenticate {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Auth-Type eap {
|
||||
# eap {
|
||||
# handled = 1
|
||||
# handled = 1
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# if (handled && (Response-Packet-Type == Access-Challenge)) {
|
||||
# attr_filter.access_challenge.post-auth
|
||||
@ -333,6 +531,12 @@ authenticate {
|
||||
preacct {
|
||||
preprocess
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Merge Acct-[Input|Output]-Gigawords and Acct-[Input-Output]-Octets
|
||||
# into a single 64bit counter Acct-[Input|Output]-Octets64.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# acct_counters64
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Session start times are *implied* in RADIUS.
|
||||
# The NAS never sends a "start time". Instead, it sends
|
||||
@ -341,12 +545,14 @@ preacct {
|
||||
# was "Acct-Delay-Time" seconds in the past.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The code below creates an explicit start time, which can
|
||||
# then be used in other modules.
|
||||
# then be used in other modules. It will be *mostly* correct.
|
||||
# Any errors are due to the 1-second resolution of RADIUS,
|
||||
# and the possibility that the time on the NAS may be off.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The start time is: NOW - delay - session_length
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# update request {
|
||||
# update request {
|
||||
# FreeRADIUS-Acct-Session-Start-Time = "%{expr: %l - %{%{Acct-Session-Time}:-0} - %{%{Acct-Delay-Time}:-0}}"
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
@ -376,6 +582,10 @@ preacct {
|
||||
# Accounting. Log the accounting data.
|
||||
#
|
||||
accounting {
|
||||
# Update accounting packet by adding the CUI attribute
|
||||
# recorded from the corresponding Access-Accept
|
||||
# use it only if your NAS boxes do not support CUI themselves
|
||||
# cui
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Create a 'detail'ed log of the packets.
|
||||
# Note that accounting requests which are proxied
|
||||
@ -386,7 +596,7 @@ accounting {
|
||||
# Update the wtmp file
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you don't use "radlast", you can delete this line.
|
||||
# unix
|
||||
unix
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For Simultaneous-Use tracking.
|
||||
@ -402,8 +612,8 @@ accounting {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Log traffic to an SQL database.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Accounting queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
# See "Accounting queries" in mods-available/sql
|
||||
-sql
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you receive stop packets with zero session length,
|
||||
@ -443,14 +653,14 @@ accounting {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Session database, used for checking Simultaneous-Use. Either the radutmp
|
||||
# Session database, used for checking Simultaneous-Use. Either the radutmp
|
||||
# or rlm_sql module can handle this.
|
||||
# The rlm_sql module is *much* faster
|
||||
session {
|
||||
radutmp
|
||||
# radutmp
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Simultaneous Use Checking Queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# See "Simultaneous Use Checking Queries" in mods-available/sql
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -459,20 +669,49 @@ session {
|
||||
# Once we KNOW that the user has been authenticated, there are
|
||||
# additional steps we can take.
|
||||
post-auth {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you need to have a State attribute, you can
|
||||
# add it here. e.g. for later CoA-Request with
|
||||
# State, and Service-Type = Authorize-Only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# if (!&reply:State) {
|
||||
# update reply {
|
||||
# State := "0x%{randstr:16h}"
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For EAP-TTLS and PEAP, add the cached attributes to the reply.
|
||||
# The "session-state" attributes are automatically cached when
|
||||
# an Access-Challenge is sent, and automatically retrieved
|
||||
# when an Access-Request is received.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The session-state attributes are automatically deleted after
|
||||
# an Access-Reject or Access-Accept is sent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
update {
|
||||
&reply: += &session-state:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Get an address from the IP Pool.
|
||||
# main_pool
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the CUI value and add the attribute to Access-Accept.
|
||||
# Uncomment the line below if *returning* the CUI.
|
||||
# cui
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you want to have a log of authentication replies,
|
||||
# un-comment the following line, and the 'detail reply_log'
|
||||
# section, above.
|
||||
# un-comment the following line, and enable the
|
||||
# 'detail reply_log' module.
|
||||
# reply_log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# After authenticating the user, do another SQL query.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See "Authentication Logging Queries" in sql.conf
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
# See "Authentication Logging Queries" in mods-available/sql
|
||||
# -sql
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Instead of sending the query to the SQL server,
|
||||
@ -481,14 +720,13 @@ post-auth {
|
||||
# sql_log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Un-comment the following if you have set
|
||||
# 'edir_account_policy_check = yes' in the ldap module sub-section of
|
||||
# the 'modules' section.
|
||||
# Un-comment the following if you want to modify the user's object
|
||||
# in LDAP after a successful login.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ldap
|
||||
|
||||
# For Exec-Program and Exec-Program-Wait
|
||||
exec
|
||||
# exec
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Calculate the various WiMAX keys. In order for this to work,
|
||||
@ -515,6 +753,7 @@ post-auth {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# wimax
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# If there is a client certificate (EAP-TLS, sometimes PEAP
|
||||
# and TTLS), then some attributes are filled out after the
|
||||
# certificate verification has been performed. These fields
|
||||
@ -542,6 +781,14 @@ post-auth {
|
||||
# Reply-Message += "%{TLS-Client-Cert-Subject-Alt-Name-Email}"
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
# Insert class attribute (with unique value) into response,
|
||||
# aids matching auth and acct records, and protects against duplicate
|
||||
# Acct-Session-Id. Note: Only works if the NAS has implemented
|
||||
# RFC 2865 behaviour for the class attribute, AND if the NAS
|
||||
# supports long Class attributes. Many older or cheap NASes
|
||||
# only support 16-octet Class attributes.
|
||||
# insert_acct_class
|
||||
|
||||
# MacSEC requires the use of EAP-Key-Name. However, we don't
|
||||
# want to send it for all EAP sessions. Therefore, the EAP
|
||||
# modules put required data into the EAP-Session-Id attribute.
|
||||
@ -549,33 +796,36 @@ post-auth {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Uncomment the next few lines to copy the required data into
|
||||
# the EAP-Key-Name attribute
|
||||
# if (reply:EAP-Session-Id) {
|
||||
# if (&reply:EAP-Session-Id) {
|
||||
# update reply {
|
||||
# EAP-Key-Name := "%{reply:EAP-Session-Id}"
|
||||
# EAP-Key-Name := &reply:EAP-Session-Id
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
# If the WiMAX module did it's work, you may want to do more
|
||||
# things here, like delete the MS-MPPE-*-Key attributes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# if (updated) {
|
||||
# update reply {
|
||||
# MS-MPPE-Recv-Key !* 0x00
|
||||
# MS-MPPE-Send-Key !* 0x00
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# Remove reply message if the response contains an EAP-Message
|
||||
remove_reply_message_if_eap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Access-Reject packets are sent through the REJECT sub-section of the
|
||||
# post-auth section.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Add the ldap module name (or instance) if you have set
|
||||
# Add the ldap module name (or instance) if you have set
|
||||
# 'edir_account_policy_check = yes' in the ldap module configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The "session-state" attributes are not available here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
Post-Auth-Type REJECT {
|
||||
# log failed authentications in SQL, too.
|
||||
# sql
|
||||
# -sql
|
||||
attr_filter.access_reject
|
||||
|
||||
# Insert EAP-Failure message if the request was
|
||||
# rejected by policy instead of because of an
|
||||
# authentication failure
|
||||
eap
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove reply message if the response contains an EAP-Message
|
||||
remove_reply_message_if_eap
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -588,7 +838,16 @@ post-auth {
|
||||
# Only a few modules currently have this method.
|
||||
#
|
||||
pre-proxy {
|
||||
# attr_rewrite
|
||||
# Before proxing the request add an Operator-Name attribute identifying
|
||||
# if the operator-name is found for this client.
|
||||
# No need to uncomment this if you have already enabled this in
|
||||
# the authorize section.
|
||||
# operator-name
|
||||
|
||||
# The client requests the CUI by sending a CUI attribute
|
||||
# containing one zero byte.
|
||||
# Uncomment the line below if *requesting* the CUI.
|
||||
# cui
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following line if you want to change attributes
|
||||
# as defined in the preproxy_users file.
|
||||
@ -617,8 +876,6 @@ post-proxy {
|
||||
# section, above.
|
||||
# post_proxy_log
|
||||
|
||||
# attr_rewrite
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following line if you want to filter replies from
|
||||
# remote proxies based on the rules defined in the 'attrs' file.
|
||||
# attr_filter.post-proxy
|
||||
@ -653,8 +910,8 @@ post-proxy {
|
||||
# Accounting-Requests from the NAS, but only writes
|
||||
# accounting packets to disk if the home server is down.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Post-Proxy-Type Fail {
|
||||
# Post-Proxy-Type Fail-Accounting {
|
||||
# detail
|
||||
# }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,87 +1,35 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Install radius server
|
||||
apt: name={{item}} state=latest
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
with_items:
|
||||
- freeradius
|
||||
- freeradius-ldap
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Create configuration directories
|
||||
file: path={{item}} state=directory owner=freerad group=freerad
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
with_items:
|
||||
- /etc/raddb
|
||||
- /etc/raddb/certs
|
||||
- /etc/raddb/modules
|
||||
- /etc/raddb/sites-enabled
|
||||
apt: name=freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Ensure certificates are available
|
||||
command: openssl req -x509 -nodes -newkey rsa:2048 -keyout /etc/raddb/certs/srv.key -out /etc/raddb/certs/srv.crt -days 730 -subj "/CN={{ ansible_fqdn }}" creates=/etc/raddb/certs/srv.crt
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
command: openssl req -x509 -nodes -newkey rsa:2048 -keyout /etc/freeradius/3.0/certs/srv.key -out /etc/freeradius/3.0/certs/srv.crt -days 730 -subj "/CN={{ ansible_fqdn }}" creates=/etc/freeradius/3.0/certs/srv.crt
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Ensure correct certificate permissions
|
||||
file: path=/etc/raddb/certs/srv.key owner=freerad mode=0400
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
file: path=/etc/freeradius/3.0/certs/srv.key owner=freerad mode=0400
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Create DH parameters
|
||||
command: openssl dhparam -outform PEM -out {{ item }} 2048 creates={{ item }}
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
with_items:
|
||||
- /etc/raddb/certs/dh
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Set radiusd options
|
||||
copy: src=default/freeradius dest=/etc/default/freeradius
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
- /etc/freeradius/3.0/certs/dh
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Configure radius server
|
||||
copy: src={{item}} dest=/etc/{{item}} owner=root group=freerad
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
template: src={{ item }}.j2 dest=/etc/freeradius/3.0/{{ item }} owner=freerad group=freerad
|
||||
with_items:
|
||||
- raddb/acct_users
|
||||
- raddb/attrs
|
||||
- raddb/attrs.access_challenge
|
||||
- raddb/attrs.access_reject
|
||||
- raddb/attrs.accounting_response
|
||||
- raddb/attrs.pre-proxy
|
||||
- raddb/clients.conf
|
||||
- raddb/dictionary
|
||||
- raddb/eap.conf
|
||||
- raddb/hints
|
||||
- raddb/huntgroups
|
||||
- raddb/ldap.attrmap
|
||||
- raddb/policy.conf
|
||||
- raddb/proxy.conf
|
||||
- raddb/radiusd.conf
|
||||
- raddb/preproxy_users
|
||||
- raddb/users
|
||||
- raddb/modules/acct_unique
|
||||
- raddb/modules/attr_filter
|
||||
- raddb/modules/chap
|
||||
- raddb/modules/detail
|
||||
- raddb/modules/digest
|
||||
- raddb/modules/exec
|
||||
- raddb/modules/expr
|
||||
- raddb/modules/expiration
|
||||
- raddb/modules/files
|
||||
- raddb/modules/ldap
|
||||
- raddb/modules/logintime
|
||||
- raddb/modules/mschap
|
||||
- raddb/modules/pap
|
||||
- raddb/modules/preprocess
|
||||
- raddb/modules/pap
|
||||
- raddb/modules/radutmp
|
||||
- raddb/modules/realm
|
||||
- raddb/modules/unix
|
||||
- raddb/sites-enabled/control-socket
|
||||
- raddb/sites-enabled/default
|
||||
- raddb/sites-enabled/inner-tunnel
|
||||
- clients.conf
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Configure radius server
|
||||
copy: src={{ item }} dest=/etc/freeradius/3.0/{{ item }} owner=freerad group=freerad
|
||||
with_items:
|
||||
- mods-available/eap
|
||||
- mods-config/files/authorize
|
||||
- sites-available/default
|
||||
notify: Restart freeradius
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Start the radius server
|
||||
service: name=freeradius state=started enabled=yes
|
||||
tags: radius
|
||||
|
15
roles/radius/templates/clients.conf.j2
Normal file
15
roles/radius/templates/clients.conf.j2
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# -*- text -*-
|
||||
##
|
||||
## clients.conf -- client configuration directives
|
||||
##
|
||||
## $Id: 76b300d3c55f1c5c052289b76bf28ac3a370bbb2 $
|
||||
|
||||
#######################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Define RADIUS clients (usually a NAS, Access Point, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
# Access Points via the management subnet
|
||||
client ap {
|
||||
ipaddr = 172.23.1.0/24
|
||||
secret = {{ radius_secret }}
|
||||
}
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user